Documents
Resources
Learning Center
Upload
Plans & pricing Sign in
Sign Out

PROJECT MANUAL FOR DOUGLASS AND COAL CREEK ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS

VIEWS: 71 PAGES: 781

									            PROJECT MANUAL FOR
DOUGLASS AND COAL CREEK ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
     BOULDER AND LOUISVILLE, COLORADO


            VOLUME TWO, DIVISIONS 15-33


        BOULDER VALLEY SCHOOL DISTRICT

                  Boulder, Colorado




          LANTZ-BOGGIO ARCHITECTS, P.C.
5650 DTC Parkway, Suite 200, Englewood, Colorado 80111
                    (303) 773-0436

               Date: February 22, 2011
Division ......... Section Title.............................................................................................................................................Pages

SPECIFICATIONS GROUP

General Requirements Subgroup

DIVISION 00 – BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
000000 ........... INVITATION TO BIDS ......................................................................................................................... 1
000000 ........... TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE INVITATION TO BID ............................................................ 3
000000 ........... PROPOSAL FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACT ........................................................................................ 2
000000 ........... BID BOND .............................................................................................................................................. 1
000000 ........... INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ............................................................................................................ 6
000000 ........... CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT ......................................................................................................... 5
000000 ........... CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE ................................................ 2
000000 ........... PERFORMANCE BOND ....................................................................................................................... 3
000000 ........... LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND .................................................................................. 2
000000 ........... ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY ....................................... 1
000000 ........... GENERAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS WITH SAFETY ADDENDUM ........................................... 37
003200 ........... GEOTECHNICAL DATA ...................................................................................................................... 1
003300 ........... PROPERTY SURVEY ............................................................................................................................ 1

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
010100 ........... SUMMARY ............................................................................................................................................ 4
012200 ........... UNIT PRICES ......................................................................................................................................... 2
012300 ........... ALTERNATES ....................................................................................................................................... 3
012600 ........... CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES ................................................................................... 2
013100 ........... PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION.......................................................................... 7
013300 ........... SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................... 7
014000 ........... QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................ 8
015000 ........... TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ................................................................................... 7
016000 ........... PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................... 6
016500 ........... PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION FORM ..................................................................................................... 1
017000 ........... PROJECT CLOSEOUT .......................................................................................................................... 7
017300 ........... EXECUTION .......................................................................................................................................... 6
017329 ........... CUTTING AND PATCHING ................................................................................................................. 3
017419 ........... CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL ........................................................ 6
017823 ........... OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA ....................................................................................... 6
017839 ........... PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ..................................................................................................... 3
017900 ........... DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING ................................................................................................. 4
019113 ........... GENERAL BUILIDNG COMMISSIONING ......................................................................................... 5

Facility Construction Subgroup

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
024116 ........... SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION .......................................................................................... 7
024700 ........... STEEL HELIX (HELICAL) PIERS ........................................................................................................ 5

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
033000 ........... CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ............................................................................................................. 13

DIVISION 04 - MASONRY
042000 ........... UNIT MASONRY................................................................................................................................... 17
047200 ........... CAST STONE ......................................................................................................................................... 5

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                                                                                    TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lantz-Boggio Architects
DIVISION 05 - METALS
051200 ........... STRUCTURAL STEEL .......................................................................................................................... 7
052100 ........... STEEL JOISTS ....................................................................................................................................... 5
053100 ........... STEEL DECK ......................................................................................................................................... 6
054000 ........... COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING .................................................................................................. 7
055000 ........... METAL FABRICATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 6

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
061000 ........... ROUGH CARPENTRY .......................................................................................................................... 5
061600 ........... SHEATHING .......................................................................................................................................... 6
064023 ........... INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ................................................................................... 6

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
071113 ........... BITUMINOUS DAMPROOFING .......................................................................................................... 3
071900 ........... WATER REPELLENTS ......................................................................................................................... 4
072100 ........... THERMAL INSULATION ..................................................................................................................... 6
074213 ........... METAL WALL PANELS ....................................................................................................................... 12
075400 ........... THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING...................................................................................... 9
076200 ........... SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM ............................................................................................. 12
078413……….PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING……………………………………………………………………. 6
079200 ........... JOINT SEALANTS ................................................................................................................................. 10
079500 ........... EXPANSION CONTROL ....................................................................................................................... 5

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS
081113 ........... HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES ........................................................................................ 9
081416 ........... FLUSH WOOD DOORS......................................................................................................................... 5
083113 ........... ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES ......................................................................................................... 3
083323 ........... OVERHEAD COILING DOORS ........................................................................................................... 8
084113 ........... ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS .......................................................... 9
086205 ........... TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING SYSTEM ................................................................................................. 4
087100 ........... DOOR HARDWARE .............................................................................................................................. 44
088000 ........... GLAZING ............................................................................................................................................... 8
800000……….DOOR SCHEDULE……………………………………………………………………………………. 5


DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
092216 ........... NON-STRUCTURAL MEAL FRAMING ............................................................................................. 6
092713……….GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTER (FRP) FABRICATIONS……………………………….;. 3
092900 ........... GYPSUM BOARD ................................................................................................................................. 8
093000 ........... TILING .................................................................................................................................................... 7
095113 ........... ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS ....................................................................................................... 7
096513 ........... RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES ............................................................................................. 6
096516 ........... RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING .......................................................................................................... 6
096519 ........... RESILIENT TILE FLOORING .............................................................................................................. 5
096816 ........... SHEET CARPETING ............................................................................................................................. 4
097200 ........... WALL COVERINGS .............................................................................................................................. 4
097723 ........... FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS .............................................................................................................. 6
099120 ........... PAINTING ............................................................................................................................................. 13
000000……….FINISH SCHEDULE…………………………………………………………………………………… 5

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
101100 ........... VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES............................................................................................................ 11
101400 ........... SIGNAGE................................................................................................................................................ 15
101426 ........... POST AND PANEL/PYLON SIGNAGE ............................................................................................... 6
102123 ........... CUBICLES .............................................................................................................................................. 4
102600 ........... WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION ...................................................................................................... 5
Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                                                                                      TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lantz-Boggio Architects
102800 ........... TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES ............................................................................ 5
104416 ........... FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ........................................................................................................................ 2
105113 ........... METAL LOCKERS ................................................................................................................................ 7
107000 ........... EXTERIOR SUN CONTROL DEVICES ............................................................................................... 4
107500 ........... FLAGPOLES .......................................................................................................................................... 4

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
113100 ........... RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES .............................................................................................................. 3
114000 ........... FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 74
116643 ........... OUTDOOR ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................. 4
116800 ........... PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES ............................................................................... 7


DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
122413……….ROLLER WINDOW SHADES                           …………………………………………………………………… 5
123200 ........... INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK ........................................................................................................... 7
129300 ........... SITE FURNISHINGS ............................................................................................................................. 5

DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
142400……….HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS-RESIDENTIAL..……………………………………………………… 11

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
220500 ........... COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING ................................................................................. 11
220519 ........... METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING ............................................................................. 5
220523 ........... GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING ..................................................................... 7
220529 ........... HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPINF AND EQUIPMENT ................................... 9
220553 ........... IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ................................................... 4
220716 ........... PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION ........................................................................................... 13
220719 ........... PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION ..................................................................................................... 14
221113 ........... FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING ..................................................................................... 16
221116 ........... DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ................................................................................................................ 9
221119 ........... DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES ...................................................................................... 7
221123 ........... DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS................................................................................................................ 5
221316 ........... SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ...........................................................................................11
221319 ........... SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES ....................................................................................... 8
221423 ........... STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES ...................................................................................... 4
221429 ........... SUMP PUMPS ........................................................................................................................................ 4
223300 ........... ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS ....................................................................................... 5
224000 ........... PLUMBING FIXTURES ........................................................................................................................ 9
224716 ........... PRESSURE WATER COOLERS ...........................................................................................................3


DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
230513 ........... COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT ................................................... 3
230517 ........... SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING ....................................................................... 3
230518 ........... ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING .................................................................................................. 2
230519 ........... METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING ....................................................................................... 7
230523 ........... GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING ............................................................................... 9
230529 ........... HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ............................................ 9
230553 ........... IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................. 4
230593 ........... TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC ................................................................. 17
230713 ........... DUCT INSULATION ............................................................................................................................. 13
230716 ........... HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION ..................................................................................................... 12
230719 ........... HVAC PIPING INSULATION ............................................................................................................... 17
230800 ........... COMMISSIONING................................................................................................................................. 11
230900 ........... INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC ......................................................................... 21
Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                                                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lantz-Boggio Architects
231123 ........... FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING .................................................................................................... 13
232113 ........... HYDRONIC PIPING .............................................................................................................................. 17
232123 ........... HYDRONIC PUMPS .............................................................................................................................. 6
232213 ........... STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING .............................................................................. 14
232500 ........... HVAC WATER TREATMENT.............................................................................................................. 5
232913 ........... ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS ...............................................................................................................9
233113 ........... METAL DUCTS ..................................................................................................................................... 12
233300 ........... AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES ................................................................................................................... 10
233423 ........... HVAC POWER VENTILATORS .......................................................................................................... 6
233713 ........... DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES ......................................................................................... 4
233723 ........... HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS....................................................................................................... 7
233713 ........... DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES .......................................................................................... 4
233723 ........... HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS.......................................................................................................5
237333 ........... INDOOR INDIRECT-FUEL FIRED HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT.......................8
237413 ........... PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS..................................... 10
238126 ........... SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS ............................................................................................... 5
238216 ........... AIR COILS .............................................................................................................................................. 3
238219 ........... FAN COIL UNITS ..................................................................................................................................5
238223 ........... UNIT VENTILATORS ........................................................................................................................... 8
238233 ........... CONVECTORS ...................................................................................................................................... 4
238239 ........... UNIT HEATERS..................................................................................................................................... 9
238323 ........... RADIANT-HEATING ELECTRICAL PANELS ................................................................................... 3


DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
260500 ........... COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL ............................................................................. 4
260519 ........... LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ...................................... 5
260523 ........... CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES .................................................................. 12
260526 ........... GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ....................................................... 7
260529 ........... HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ........................................................... 7
260533 ........... RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ................................................................ 10
260544 ........... SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING .................... 4
260553 ........... IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ............................................................................ 8
260573 ........... OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY ............................................. 6
260923 ........... LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES ........................................................................................................ 7
262200 ........... LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS ................................................................................................... 5
262413 ........... SWITCHBOARDS.................................................................................................................................. 10
262416 ........... PANELBOARDS .................................................................................................................................... 13
262726 ........... WIRING DEVICES ................................................................................................................................ 11
262813 ........... FUSES ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
262816 ........... ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS ....................................................................... 7
265100 ........... INTERIOR LIGHTING .......................................................................................................................... 8
265600 ........... EXTERIOR LIGHTING ......................................................................................................................... 5


DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS
270528 ........... PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS.......................................................................... 7
270544 ........... SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS AND CABLING ........ 3
271500 ........... COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING ............................................................................... 21
275123.50 ...... EDUCATIONAL INTERCOMMUNICATIONS AND PROGRAM SYSTEMS .................................. 10
275313 ........... WIRELESS GPS CLOCK SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 7

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
280500 ........... COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY ABD SECURITY ...............................4
280513 ........... CONDUCTORS AND CABLES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY ............................ 10
280544 ........... SLEEVES AND SEALS FOR ELEC SAFETY AND SECURITY PATHWAYS AND CABLING .... 5
Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                                                                                      TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lantz-Boggio Architects
281000 ........... ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL..................................................................................................... 12
281600 ........... INTRUSION DETECTION .................................................................................................................... 10
281301 ........... EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE..........................................................................................................5
283111 ........... DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM......................................................................... 12


Site and Infrastructure Subgroup

DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
312000 ........... EARTHWORK........................................................................................................................................ 15
321200 ........... EARTH MOVING ..................................................................................................................................8
316329 ........... DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS ..................................................................................... 8


DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
311000 ........... SITE CLEARING.................................................................................................................................... 4
321216 ........... FLEXIBLE PAVING .............................................................................................................................. 11
321313 ........... RIDGID PAVING ................................................................................................................................... 9
321373 ........... CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS ........................................................................................... 3
321816.13 ...... PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING ..................................................................................... 4
323113 ........... CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES ................................................................................................... 9
328400 ........... PLANTING IRRIGATION ..................................................................................................................... 19
329200 ........... TURF AND GRASSES ........................................................................................................................... 6
329300……….PLANTS……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 13

DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
334000……….STORM DRAINAGE………………………………………………………………………………….. 9




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                                                                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lantz-Boggio Architects
SECTION 220500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.     Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.
           2.     Transition fittings.
           3.     Dielectric fittings.
           4.     Mechanical sleeve seals.
           5.     Sleeves.
           6.     Escutcheons.
           7.     Grout.
           8.     Plumbing demolition.
           9.     Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
           10.    Painting and finishing.
           11.    Supports and anchorages.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe
           chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces,
           crawlspaces, and tunnels.

      B.   Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces
           and mechanical equipment rooms.

      C.   Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures
           and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

      D.   Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building
           occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases.

      E.   Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and
           physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include
           installations within unheated shelters.

      F.   The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:

           1.     ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
           2.     CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
           3.     PE: Polyethylene plastic.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                220500 - 1
           4.     PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

      G.   The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:

           1.     EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For the following:

           1.     Transition fittings.
           2.     Dielectric fittings.
           3.     Mechanical sleeve seals.
           4.     Escutcheons.

      B.   Welding certificates.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding
           Code--Steel."

      B.   Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
           Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

           1.     Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
           2.     Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and
                  that certification is current.

      C.   Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be
           furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services,
           circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies
           are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and
           handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.


1.7        COORDINATION

      A.   Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction,
           to allow for plumbing installations.

      B.   Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and
           other structural components as they are constructed.

      C.   Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for plumbing items requiring access that are
           concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section
           "Access Doors and Frames."

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                220500 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
           for product selection:

           1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers
                  specified.


2.2        PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

      A.   Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods.

      B.   Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.


2.3        JOINING MATERIALS

      A.   Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

      B.   Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.

           1.     ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or
                  specific material is indicated.

                  a.     Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
                  b.     Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

           2.     AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring
                  type, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.

      D.   Solder Filler Metals:     ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.        Include water-flushable flux according to
           ASTM B 813.

      E.   Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing,
           unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise
           indicated.

      F.   Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness
           and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.


2.4        TRANSITION FITTINGS

      A.   AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends
           compatible with, piping to be joined.

           1.     Available Manufacturers:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                220500 - 3
                  a.     Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
                  b.     Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div.
                  c.     Ford Meter Box Company, Incorporated (The); Pipe Products Div.
                  d.     JCM Industries.
                  e.     Smith-Blair, Inc.
                  f.     Viking Johnson.

           2.     Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling.
           3.     Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling.
           4.     Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting.

      B.   Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173 with
           elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant metal band on each end.

           1.     Available Manufacturers:

                  a.     Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
                  b.     Fernco, Inc.
                  c.     Mission Rubber Company.
                  d.     Plastic Oddities, Inc.


2.5        DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

      A.   Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain,
           or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

      B.   Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

      C.   Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180
           deg F.

           1.     Available Manufacturers:

                  a.     Capitol Manufacturing Co.
                  b.     Central Plastics Company.
                  c.     Eclipse, Inc.
                  d.     Epco Sales, Inc.
                  e.     Hart Industries, International, Inc.
                  f.     Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
                  g.     Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

      D.   Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum
           working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

           1.     Available Manufacturers:

                  a.     Capitol Manufacturing Co.
                  b.     Central Plastics Company.
                  c.     Epco Sales, Inc.
                  d.     Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                220500 - 4
      E.   Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-face- or
           ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel
           backing washers.

           1.     Available Manufacturers:

                  a.     Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
                  b.     Calpico, Inc.
                  c.     Central Plastics Company.
                  d.     Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

           2.     Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig minimum
                  working pressure where required to suit system pressures.

      F.   Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining;
           threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

           1.     Available Manufacturers:

                  a.     Calpico, Inc.
                  b.     Lochinvar Corp.

      G.   Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain,
           threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

           1.     Available Manufacturers:

                  a.     Perfection Corp.
                  b.     Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
                  c.     Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc.
                  d.     Victaulic Co. of America.


2.6        MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

      A.   Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between
           pipe and sleeve.

           1.     Available Manufacturers:

                  a.     Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
                  b.     Calpico, Inc.
                  c.     Metraflex Co.
                  d.     Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

           2.     Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and
                  number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
           3.     Pressure Plates: Plastic . Include two for each sealing element.
           4.     Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to
                  secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               220500 - 5
2.7        SLEEVES

      A.   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

      B.   PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.


2.8        ESCUTCHEONS

      A.   Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around
           pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening.

      B.   One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw and chrome-plated finish.

      C.   Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw, and chrome-plated finish.

      D.   Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.


2.9        GROUT

      A.   Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.

           1.     Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and
                  recommended for interior and exterior applications.
           2.     Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
           3.     Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PLUMBING DEMOLITION

      A.   Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure
           Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures.

      B.   Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing systems, equipment, and components indicated to be
           removed.

           1.     Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug
                  remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.
           2.     Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible
                  piping material.
           3.     Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
           4.     Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and
                  store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.
           5.     Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment
                  and deliver to Owner.

      C.   If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove
           damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               220500 - 6
3.2        PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping
           systems.

      B.   Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.
           Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump
           sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are
           approved on Design Engineer prior to installation.

      C.   Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and
           service areas.

      D.   Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or
           parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

      E.   Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

      F.   Install piping to permit valve servicing.

      G.   Install piping at indicated slopes.

      H.   Install piping free of sags and bends.

      I.   Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

      J.   Install piping to allow application of insulation.

      K.   Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

      L.   Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following:

           1.     New Piping:

                  a.      Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set
                          screw and polished chrome finish.
                  b.      Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw and polished chrome finish.
                  c.      Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type
                          with polished chrome-plated finish.
                  d.      Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece or split-casting, cast-
                          brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
                  e.      Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with chrome
                          polished finish.
                  f.      Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw and
                          polished chrome finish.
                  g.      Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type.

           2.     Existing Piping: Use the following:

                  a.      Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
                  b.      Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge, set screw and
                          polished chrome finish.
                  c.      Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass
                          type with chrome-plated finish.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                          COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 220500 - 7
                d.     Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with
                       chrome-plated finish.
                e.     Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with polished
                       chrome finish.
                f.     Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type with polished chrome
                       finish.
                g.     Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, floor-plate type.

   M.    Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.

   N.    Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.

   O.    Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs.

   P.    Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and
         concrete floor and roof slabs.

         1.     Cut sleeves to length for mounting ¼” above the floor. Cut sleeves to length got mounting flush
                with walls.

                a.     Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet
                       areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab
                       as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.

         2.     Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
         3.     Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and
                pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:

                a.     PVC Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
                b.     PVC or Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board
                       partitions.
                c.     Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure
                       flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to
                       2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing
                       and Trim" for flashing.

                       1)      Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.

         4.     Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe
                insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to
                Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.

   Q.    Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve
         seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing
         mechanical sleeve seals.

         1.     Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
         2.     Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.
         3.     Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe
                material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install
                in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing
                elements to expand and make watertight seal.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               220500 - 8
      R.   Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe
           penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space
           between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

           1.     Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe
                  material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install
                  in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing
                  elements to expand and make watertight seal.

      S.   Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe
           penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration
           Firestopping" for materials.

      T.   Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

      U.   Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.


3.3        PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.   Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping
           systems.

      B.   Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

      C.   Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

      D.   Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end.
           Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder
           alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

      E.   Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter,
           using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.

      F.   Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full
           and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe
           fittings and valves as follows:

           1.     Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is
                  specified.
           2.     Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.
                  Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

      G.   Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding
           operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.

      H.   Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application.
           Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.


3.4        PIPING CONNECTIONS

      A.   Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                220500 - 9
           1.     Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each
                  piece of equipment.
           2.     Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection
                  to each piece of equipment.
           3.     Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar
                  metals.
           4.     Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of
                  dissimilar metals.


3.5        EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not
           indicated.

      B.   Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components
           in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components.
           Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend
           grease fittings to accessible locations.

      D.   Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.


3.6        PAINTING

      A.   Painting of plumbing systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 09 Sections "Interior
           Painting" and "Exterior Painting."

      B.   Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and
           procedures to match original factory finish.


3.7        ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES

      A.   Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.

      B.   Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to
           support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment.

      C.   Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.


3.8        GROUTING

      A.   Mix and install grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base
           plates, and anchors.

      B.   Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

      C.   Provide forms as required for placement of grout.

      D.   Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                          COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                220500 - 10
   E.    Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

   F.    Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

   G.    Place grout around anchors.

   H.    Cure placed grout.


END OF SECTION 220500




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                     COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                           220500 - 11
SECTION 220519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Light-activated thermometers.
           2.     Thermowells.
           3.     Dial-type pressure gages.
           4.     Gage attachments.
           5.     Test plugs.
           6.     Test-plug kits.

      B.   Related Sections:


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


1.4        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and maintenance
           manuals.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        LIGHT-ACTIVATED THERMOMETERS

      A.   Direct-Mounted, Light-Activated Thermometers:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Rochester Gauges, Inc.
                  b.     Taylor USA
                  c.     Trerice, H. O. Co.
                  d.     Weiss Instruments, Inc.

           2.     Case: Cast aluminum; 9-inch nominal size unless otherwise indicated.
           3.     Scale(s): Deg F.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  220519 - 1
           4.    Case Form: Adjustable angle.
           5.    Connector: 1-1/4 inches, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
           6.    Stem: Aluminum and of length to suit installation.

                 a.       Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem.

           7.    Display: Digital.
           8.    Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 deg F.


2.2        THERMOWELLS

      A.   Thermowells:

           1.    Standard: ASME B40.200.
           2.    Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
           3.    Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI.
           4.    Material for Use with Steel Piping: CSA.
           5.    Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated.
           6.    External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
           7.    Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
           8.    Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
           9.    Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
           10.   Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing.
           11.   Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer
                 connection.

      B.   Heat-Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin.


2.3        PRESSURE GAGES

      A.   Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.       AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge.
                 b.       Ashcroft Inc.
                 c.       Dwyer.
                 d.       Honeywell.
                 e.       Johnson.
                 f.       Marsh Bellofram.
                 g.       Weiss Instruments, Inc.

           2.    Standard: ASME B40.100.
           3.    Case: Sealed type(s); cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch nominal diameter.
           4.    Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated.
           5.    Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom-outlet type
                 unless back-outlet type is indicated.
           6.    Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer.
           7.    Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi.
           8.    Pointer: Dark-colored metal.
           9.    Window: Glass or plastic.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                           METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    220519 - 2
           10.    Ring: Metal.
           11.    Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range.


2.4        GAGE ATTACHMENTS

      A.   Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and porous-metal-type
           surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping.

      B.   Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.


2.5        TEST PLUGS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     Peterson Equipment Co., Inc.

      B.   Description: Test-station fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.

      C.   Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include extended stem on
           units to be installed in insulated piping.

      D.   Thread Size: NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.

      E.   Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 1000 psig at 200 deg F.

      F.   Core Inserts: EPDM self-sealing rubber.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install thermowells with socket extending to center of pipe and in vertical position in piping tees.

      B.   Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to
           match sizes.

      C.   Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping.

      D.   Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium.

      E.   Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions.

      F.   Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most
           readable position.

      G.   Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids.

      H.   Install test plugs in piping tees.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                              METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       220519 - 3
      I.   Install thermometers in the following locations and where shown on the drawings:

           1.     Inlet and outlet of each water heater.

      J.   Install pressure gages in the following locations and where shown on the drawings:

           1.     Building water service entrance into building.
           2.     Inlet and outlet of each pressure-reducing valve.
           3.     Suction and discharge of each domestic water pump.

      K.   Install test plugs in the following locations and where shown on the drawings:

           1.     Inlet and outlet of each water heater.
           2.     Building water service entrance into building.
           3.     Inlet and outlet of each pressure-reducing valve.
           4.     Suction and discharge of each domestic water pump.
           5.     Inlet and outlet of each thermostatic mixing valve.


3.2        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance of meters,
           gages, machines, and equipment.


3.3        ADJUSTING

      A.   Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.


3.4        THERMOMETER SCHEDULE

      A.   Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each domestic water heater shall be the following:
           1.   Direct-mounted, light-activated type.
           2.   Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.

      B.   Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length.


3.5        THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE

      A.   Scale Range for Domestic Cold-Water Piping: 0 to 150 deg F.

      B.   Scale Range for Domestic Hot-Water Piping: 0 to 250 deg F.


3.6        PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE

      A.   Pressure gages at discharge of each water service into building shall be the following:

           1.     Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case.
           2.     Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.

      B.   Pressure gages at inlet and outlet of each water pressure-reducing valve shall be the following:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                             METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      220519 - 4
           1.     Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case.
           2.     Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.

      C.   Pressure gages at suction and discharge of each domestic water pump shall be the following:

           1.     Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case.
           2.     Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.


3.7        PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE

      A.   Scale Range for Water Service Piping: 0 to 200 psi.

      B.   Scale Range for Domestic Water Piping downstream of pressure-reducing valve: 0 to 100 psi.

      C.   Scale Range for Domestic Water Piping upstream of pressure-reducing valve: 0 to 200 psi.


END OF SECTION 220519




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                           METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    220519 - 5
SECTION 220523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Bronze ball valves.
           2.     Iron ball valves.
           3.     Bronze swing check valves.
           4.     Iron swing check valves.
           5.     Iron, grooved-end swing check valves.
           6.     Iron, center-guided check valves.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.     Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules.
           2.     Section 221113 "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for valves applicable only to this piping.
           3.     Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping" for valves applicable only to this piping.
           4.     Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties" for valves applicable only to this piping.
           5.     Section 221423 "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties" for valves applicable only to this piping.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   CWP: Cold working pressure.

      B.   EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.

      C.   NRS: Nonrising stem.


1.4        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer.

      B.   ASME Compliance:

           1.     ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.
           2.     ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                     GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 220523 - 1
      C.   NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

           1.     Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.
           2.     Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.
           3.     Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.
           4.     Block check valves in either closed or open position.

      B.   Use the following precautions during storage:

           1.     Maintain valve end protection.
           2.     Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor
                  storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.

      C.   Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use stems as lifting
           or rigging points.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES

      A.   Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves.

      B.   Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures
           and temperatures.

      C.   Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.

      D.   Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions and the following features:
           1.    Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and protective
                 sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation.
           2.    Butterfly Valves: With extended neck.

      E.   Valve-End Connections:

           1.     Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves.
           2.     Grooved: With grooves according to AWWA C606.
           3.     Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.
           4.     Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.

      F.   Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.


2.2        BRONZE BALL VALVES

      A.   Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    220523 - 2
           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     American Valve, Inc.
                  b.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
                  c.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
                  d.     Hammond Valve.
                  e.     Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc.
                  f.     Legend Valve.
                  g.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                  h.     NIBCO INC.
                  i.     Red-White Valve Corporation.
                  j.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           2.     Description:

                  a.     Standard: MSS SP-110.
                  b.     SWP Rating: 150 psig.
                  c.     CWP Rating: 600 psig.
                  d.     Body Design: Two piece.
                  e.     Body Material: Bronze.
                  f.     Ends: Threaded.
                  g.     Seats: PTFE or TFE.
                  h.     Stem: Bronze.
                  i.     Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
                  j.     Port: Full.


2.3        IRON BALL VALVES

      A.   Class 125, Iron Ball Valves:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     American Valve, Inc.
                  b.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
                  c.     Kitz Corporation.
                  d.     Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
                  e.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           2.     Description:

                  a.     Standard: MSS SP-72.
                  b.     CWP Rating: 200 psig.
                  c.     Body Design: Split body.
                  d.     Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
                  e.     Ends: Flanged.
                  f.     Seats: PTFE or TFE.
                  g.     Stem: Stainless steel.
                  h.     Ball: Stainless steel.
                  i.     Port: Full.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                     GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 220523 - 3
2.4        BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES

      A.   Class 150, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     American Valve, Inc.
                 b.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
                 c.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
                 d.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
                 e.     Kitz Corporation.
                 f.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                 g.     NIBCO INC.
                 h.     Red-White Valve Corporation.
                 i.     Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3.
                 b.     CWP Rating: 300 psig.
                 c.     Body Design: Horizontal flow.
                 d.     Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
                 e.     Ends: Threaded.
                 f.     Disc: Bronze.


2.5        IRON SWING CHECK VALVES

      A.   Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
                 b.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
                 c.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
                 d.     Hammond Valve.
                 e.     Kitz Corporation.
                 f.     Legend Valve.
                 g.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                 h.     NIBCO INC.
                 i.     Powell Valves.
                 j.     Red-White Valve Corporation.
                 k.     Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
                 l.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                 m.     Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I.
                 b.     CWP Rating: 200 psig.
                 c.     Body Design: Clear or full waterway.
                 d.     Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                    GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                220523 - 4
                 e.     Ends: Flanged.
                 f.     Trim: Bronze.
                 g.     Gasket: Asbestos free.


2.6        IRON, GROOVED-END SWING CHECK VALVES

      A.   300 CWP, Iron, Grooved-End Swing Check Valves:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Anvil International, Inc.
                 b.     Shurjoint Piping Products.
                 c.     Tyco Fire Products LP; Grinnell Mechanical Products.
                 d.     Victaulic Company.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     CWP Rating: 300 psig.
                 b.     Body Material: ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
                 c.     Seal: EPDM.
                 d.     Disc: Spring-operated, ductile iron or stainless steel.


2.7        IRON, CENTER-GUIDED CHECK VALVES

      A.   Class 125, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Anvil International, Inc.
                 b.     APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
                 c.     Crispin Valve.
                 d.     DFT Inc.
                 e.     Flo Fab Inc.
                 f.     GA Industries, Inc.
                 g.     Hammond Valve.
                 h.     Metraflex, Inc.
                 i.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                 j.     Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
                 k.     NIBCO INC.
                 l.     Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc.
                 m.     Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
                 n.     Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.
                 o.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     Standard: MSS SP-125.
                 b.     CWP Rating: 200 psig.
                 c.     Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
                 d.     Style: Compact wafer.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  220523 - 5
                  e.     Seat: Bronze.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special
           packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling.

      B.   Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by
           such operations.

      C.   Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.

      D.   Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size,
           length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for
           service, and that it is free from defects and damage.

      E.   Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.


3.2        VALVE INSTALLATION

      A.   Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance,
           and equipment removal without system shutdown.

      B.   Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

      C.   Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.

      D.   Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.

      E.   Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows:

           1.     Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level.
           2.     Center-Guided Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges.


3.3        ADJUSTING

      A.   Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final
           adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.


3.4        GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS

      A.   If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:

           1.     Shutoff Service: Ball valves.
           2.     Pump-Discharge Check Valves:

                  a.     NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    220523 - 6
                  b.     NPS 2-1/2 and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron, center-guided, metal-seat check valves.

                  c.     NPS 2-1/2 and Larger for Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage: Iron swing check valves
                         with lever and weight or spring.

      B.   If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with
           higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.

      C.   Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:

           1.     For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-end
                  option is indicated in valve schedules below.
           2.     For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is
                  indicated in valve schedules below.
           3.     For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.
           4.     For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends.
           5.     For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is
                  indicated in valve schedules below.
           6.     For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.
           7.     For Grooved-End Copper Tubing and Steel Piping: Valve ends may be grooved.


3.5        DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE

      A.   Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller:

           1.     Bronze Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends.
           2.     Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, bronze with bronze or stainless-steel trim.
           3.     Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 150, bronze disc.

      B.   Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger:

           1.     Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends.
           2.     Iron Ball Valves: Class 150.
           3.     Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, metal seats.
           4.     Iron, Grooved-End Swing Check Valves: 300 CWP.
           5.     Iron, Center-Guided Check Valves: Class 125, compact-wafer, metal seat.


END OF SECTION 220523




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                      GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  220523 - 7
SECTION 220529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Metal pipe hangers and supports.
           2.     Trapeze pipe hangers.
           3.     Metal framing systems.
           4.     Thermal-hanger shield and shield inserts.
           5.     Fastener systems.
           6.     Pipe stands.
           7.     Pipe positioning systems.
           8.     Equipment supports.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.     Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for
                  pipe and equipment supports.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.


1.4        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment shall withstand the
           effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to
           ASCE/SEI 7.

           1.     Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight
                  of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
           2.     Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
                  equipment and connected systems and components.


1.5        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools         HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                    EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                           220529 - 1
1.6        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Welding certificates.


1.7        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Structural Steel Welding Qualifications:     Qualify procedures and personnel according to
           AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

      B.   Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
           Vessel Code.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

      A.   Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:

           1.     Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
           2.     Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
           3.     Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
           4.     Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support
                  bearing surface of piping.
           5.     Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel .

      B.   Copper Pipe Hangers:

           1.     Description:  MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated
                  components.
           2.     Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated steel .


2.2        TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS

      A.   Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural
           carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.


2.3        METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS

      A.   MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Allied Tube & Conduit.
                  b.     Cooper B-Line, Inc.
                  c.     Flex-Strut Inc.
                  d.     GS Metals Corp.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools        HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                   EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                          220529 - 2
                  e.     Thomas & Betts Corporation.
                  f.     Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd.
                  g.     Wesanco, Inc.

           2.     Description: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly for supporting multiple parallel
                  pipes.
           3.     Standard: MFMA-4.
           4.     Channels: Continuous slotted steel channel with inturned lips.
           5.     Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped steel nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and,
                  when tightened, prevent slipping along channel.
           6.     Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel .
           7.     Metallic Coating: Electroplated zinc, Hot-dipped galvanized or equivalent..


2.4        THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD AND SHIELD INSERTS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

           1.     Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
           2.     Clement Support Services.
           3.     ERICO International Corporation.
           4.     National Pipe Hanger Corporation.
           5.     PHS Industries, Inc.
           6.     Pipe Shields, Inc.; a subsidiary of Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
           7.     Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
           8.     Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc.
           9.     Value Engineered Products, Inc.

      B.   Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or
           ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength and
           vapor barrier.

      C.   Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate
           with 100-psig, ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1
           polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength and jacket.

      D.   Jacket or Vapor Barrier: Shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed
           index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

      E.   Shield: Provide a minimum G-90 galvanized steel thermal-hanger shield for all shield inserts.

      F.   For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe.

      G.   For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.

      H.   Insert, Jacket and Vapor Barrier Length: Extend 1 inches beyond sheet metal shield on each end for
           piping operating below ambient air temperature.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools         HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                    EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                           220529 - 3
2.5        FASTENER SYSTEMS

      A.   Fastener Systems shall be one or both of the following as allowed by the structural drawings and
           specifications:

           1.     Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete
                  with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials
                  where used.
           2.     Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless- steel anchors, for use in hardened
                  portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported
                  loads and building materials where used.


2.6        PIPE STANDS

      A.   General Requirements for Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured
           corrosion-resistant components to support roof-mounted piping.

      B.   Low-Type, Single or Multiple-Pipe Stand: One-piece recycled rubber base unit, for roof installation
           without membrane penetration.

      C.   High-Type, Single-Pipe Stand:

           1.     Description: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof
                  installation without membrane penetration.
           2.     Base: recycled rubber with load distribution plate.
           3.     Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel, continuous-thread rods.
           4.     Horizontal Member: Cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel rod with pipe clamp-type pipe
                  support.

      D.   High-Type, Multiple-Pipe Stand:

           1.     Description: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof
                  installation without membrane penetration.
           2.     Bases: recycled rubber with load distribution plate.
           3.     Vertical Members: Two or more protective-coated-steel channels.
           4.     Horizontal Member: Protective-coated-steel channel.
           5.     Pipe Supports: Galvanized-steel, clevis-type pipe hangers.

      E.   Where required by piping system type as identified in Section 3 below provide electro plated cast iron
           pipe roller with the pipe stand.


2.7        PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS

      A.   Description: IAPMO PS 42, positioning system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping
           in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools         HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                    EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                           220529 - 4
2.8        EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

      A.   Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon-steel
           shapes.


2.9        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

      B.   Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic
           grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.

           1.     Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
           2.     Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

      A.   Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports,
           clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure.

      B.   Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for
           grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe
           hangers.

           1.     Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install
                  intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers.
           2.     Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported.
                  Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

      C.   Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together
           on field-assembled metal framing systems.

      D.   Fastener System Installation shall be a one or both of the following as allowed by the structural drawings
           and specifications:

           1.     Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4
                  inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are
                  licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated
                  tool manufacturer's operating manual.
           2.     Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured.
                  Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      E.   Pipe Stand Installation:

           1.     Pipe Stand Types: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate
                  roof membrane.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools         HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                    EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                           220529 - 5
   F.     Pipe Positioning-System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping
          connections to each plumbing fixture.

   G.     Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and
          other accessories.

   H.     Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.

   I.     Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal movement of piping systems, to permit freedom
          of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops,
          expansion bends, and similar units.

   J.     Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.

   K.     Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Where applicable install
          concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through
          openings at top of inserts. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, finish inserts flush with slab
          surface. For existing or precast concrete slabs attachments shall be made using concrete anchors.

   L.     Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2
          and larger and at changes in direction of piping.

   M.     Support the system without sagging, including supports at each offset or change in pipe direction and at
          the ends of pipe branches over five feet in length.

   N.     Place a hanger within one foot of each horizontal elbow.

   O.     Install supports to provide a minimum ½ inch clear space between finished covering and adjacent work.

   P.     Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from
          movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

   Q.     Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum
          pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.

   R.     Insulated Piping:

          1.     On all piping points of support install thermal-hanger shields and inserts with insulation insert the
                 same thickness as adjoining pipe insulation.
          2.     For piping operating below Ambient Air Temperature the vapor barrier jacket shall be sealed tight
                 to adjoining insulation to provide a neat and complete vapor tight installation.

          3.     Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Shall be as indicated by the manufacturer but not less than the
                 following:

                 a.     NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 9 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.

                 b.     NPS 4: 9 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.

                 c.     NPS 5 and NPS 6: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.

                 d.     NPS 8 to NPS 14: 12 inches long and 0.075 inch thick.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools         HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                    EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                           220529 - 6
                  e.     NPS 16 to NPS 24: 12 inches long and 0.105 inch thick.

           4.     When pipe hanger spacing exceeds 10 feet utilize a double layer thermal-hangar shield.
           5.     For all piping with roller supports utilize a thermal-hangar shield with insert that includes a
                  wear/weight distribution plate of carbon steel that has been primer painted.


3.2        EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

      A.   Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment
           above floor.

      B.   Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth.

      C.   Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.


3.3        METAL FABRICATIONS

      A.   Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports.

      B.   Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop
           welded because of shipping size limitations.

      C.   Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance
           and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following:

           1.     Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance
                  of base metals.
           2.     Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
           3.     Remove welding flux immediately.
           4.     Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of
                  welded surfaces match adjacent contours.


3.4        ADJUSTING

      A.   Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated
           slope of pipe.

      B.   Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches.


3.5        PAINTING

      A.   Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after
           erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1
           requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools          HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                     EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            220529 - 7
3.6        HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE

      A.   Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment.

      B.   Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping
           system Sections.

      C.   Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have
           field-applied finish.

      D.   Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where non-copper attachments are in
           direct contact with copper tubing.

      E.   Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports, metal trapeze pipe hangers, metal framing systems and
           attachments for general service applications.

      F.   Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing.

      G.   Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.

      H.   Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing.

      I.   Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
           system Sections, install the following types:

           1.     Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated,
                  stationary pipes NPS 2 to NPS 5.
           2.     Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated,
                  stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
           3.     Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction.

      J.   Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections,
           install the following types:

           1.     Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24.
           2.     Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to
                  NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

      K.   Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections,
           install the following types:

           1.     Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
           2.     Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
           3.     Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building
                  attachments.
           4.     Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.

      L.   Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections,
           install the following types:

           1.     Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe
                  hangers from concrete ceiling.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools          HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                     EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            220529 - 8
          2.     Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction,
                 to attach to top flange of structural shape.
          3.     Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.
          4.     Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are
                 considerable and rod sizes are large.
          5.     C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
          6.     Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using
                 clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:

                 a.     Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.
                 b.     Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
                 c.     Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb.

          7.     Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
          8.     Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.
          9.

                 a.     Wall Supports:NPS 1/2 through 3: Offset or straight steel hook
                 b.     NPS 4 and above: Welded steel bracket or metal framing system with hangars and
                        supports as noted elsewhere.

   M.     Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
          piping system Sections.

   N.     Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in
          piping system Sections.

   O.     Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where
          required in concrete construction.

   P.     Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping
          for plumbing fixtures.


END OF SECTION 220529




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools        HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
                                                                                   EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                          220529 - 9
SECTION 220553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Equipment labels.
           2.     Pipe labels.
           3.     Valve tags.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for
           each label.

      C.   Valve numbering scheme.

      D.   Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.


1.4        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where
           devices are to be applied.

      B.   Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.

      C.   Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        EQUIPMENT LABELS

      A.   Plastic Labels for Equipment:

           1.     Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch
                  thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
           2.     Letter Color: Black.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                     IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      220553 - 1
           3.     Background Color: White.
           4.     Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
           5.     Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by
                  3/4 inch.
           6.     Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2
                  inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing
                  distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
           7.     Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
           8.     Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

      B.   Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing
           numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section
           number and title where equipment is specified.

      C.   Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper.
           Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated
           (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is
           specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.


2.2        PIPE LABELS

      A.   General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating
           service, and showing flow direction.

      B.   Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.

      C.   Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as
           used on Drawings, pipe size, an arrow indicating flow direction and any special instructions noted in Part
           3 of this specification.

           1.     Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both
                  directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
           2.     Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 incheshigh.


2.3        VALVE TAGS

      A.   Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch
           numbers.

           1.     Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and
                  having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.
           2.     Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.

      B.   Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number,
           piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-
           operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for
           emergency shutoff and similar special uses.

           1.     Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    220553 - 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PREPARATION

      A.   Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices,
           including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants.


3.2        EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION

      A.   Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment Including but not
           limited to the following:

           1.     Controls: Label magnetic starters and relays to identify connecting or controlled equipment.
                  Label manual operating switches, fused disconnect switches and thermal overload switched which
                  have not been specified as furnished with indexed faceplates as to “connected” or “controlled”
                  equipment. Label automatic controls, control panels, zone valves, switches, relays and starters.
           2.     Pumps: All pumps shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served.
           3.     Water Heaters and Boilers: All water heaters shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served.
           4.     Thermostatic Valves: Shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served.
           5.     Water Meters: Shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served.
           6.     Backflow Prevention Devices: Shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served.

      B.   Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.


3.3        PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION

      A.   Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine
           rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed
           locations as follows:

           1.     Near each valve and control device.
           2.     Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow
                  pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
           3.     Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
           4.     At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping.
           5.     Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
           6.     Spaced at maximum intervals of 30 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 20 feet in areas of
                  congested piping and equipment.
           7.     On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.
           8.     For overhead piping, apply label on the lower half of the pipe where view is unobstructed so
                  marking can be read from floor level.

      B.   Pipe Label Color Schedule:

           1.     Domestic Water Piping:

                  a.     Background Color: Green.
                  b.     Letter Color: White.
                  c.     Special Identification: For domestic hot water or tempered water the pipe label shall also
                         identify the fluid temperature.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                  IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   220553 - 3
           2.    Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Piping:

                 a.     Background Color: Green.
                 b.     Letter Color: White.


3.4        VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION

      A.   Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; faucets; convenience
           hose connections and lawn-watering hose connections; and similar roughing-in connections of end-use
           fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.

           1.    Valve-Tag Size and Shape:

                 a.     Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.
                 b.     Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.

           2.    Valve-Tag Color:

                 a.     Cold Water: Natural.
                 b.     Hot Water: Natural.


END OF SECTION 220553




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  220553 - 4
SECTION 220716 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes insulating the following plumbing equipment:
           1.     Domestic water, pumps.
           2.     Domestic water storage tanks.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.     Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation."


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance
           thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any).


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program
           or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and
           Training.

      B.   Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical
           products according to ASTM E 84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
           Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers,
           with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

           1.     Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50
                  or less.
           2.     Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of
                  150 or less.


1.5        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM
           standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       220716 - 1
1.6        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 220529
           "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

      B.   Coordinate clearance requirements with equipment Installer for equipment insulation application.

      C.   Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.


1.7        SCHEDULING

      A.   Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and
           testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results.

      B.   Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
           construction.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        INSULATION MATERIALS

      A.   Comply with requirements in "Equipment Insulation Schedule" article for where insulating materials
           shall be applied.

      B.   Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.

      C.   Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50
           ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

      D.   Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to
           ASTM C 795.

      E.   Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process.

      F.   Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials.         Comply with
           ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel.

                  b.     Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.

                  c.     K-Flex USA; Insul-Sheet and K-FLEX LS.

      G.   Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply
           with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type I. Factory-applied jacket requirements are
           specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       220716 - 2
                  a.     CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap.

                  b.     Johns Manville; Microlite.

                  c.     Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap.

                  d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.

                  e.     Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap.

      H.   Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with
           ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For equipment applications, provide insulation with factory-applied
           ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     CertainTeed Corp.; CertaPro Commercial Board.

                  b.     Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX.

                  c.     Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas.

                  d.     Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board.

                  e.     Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board.

                  f.     Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.

      I.   Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
           Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA
           Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. or
           more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factory-
           applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.

                  b.     Johns Manville; MicroFlex.

                  c.     Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.

                  d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex.

                  e.     Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.


2.2        INSULATING CEMENTS

      A.   Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       220716 - 3
                  a.     Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik.


2.3        ADHESIVES

      A.   Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation
           to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal.

                  b.     Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive.

                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         75.

                  d.     K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive.

           2.     For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      C.   Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-127.

                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.

                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         60/85-70.

                  d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

           2.     For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      D.   ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding
           insulation jacket lap seams and joints.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-82.

                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.

                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         50.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                     PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        220716 - 4
                 d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

           2.    For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                 according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      E.   PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                 a.     Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone.

                 b.     Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive.

                 c.     P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive.

                 d.     Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive.

           2.    For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                 according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).


2.4        MASTICS

      A.   Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-
           19565C, Type II.

           1.    For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                 according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      B.   Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-
                        80/30-90.

                 b.     Vimasco Corporation; 749.

           2.    Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
                 thickness.
           3.    Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
           4.    Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
           5.    Color: White.


2.5        SEALANTS

      A.   FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                 a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                        CP-76.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                  PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     220716 - 5
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405.

                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-
                         44.

                  d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.

           2.     Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
           3.     Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
           4.     Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
           5.     Color: Aluminum.
           6.     For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      B.   ASJ Flashing Sealants and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-76.

           2.     Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
           3.     Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
           4.     Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
           5.     Color: White.
           6.     For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).


2.6        FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

      A.   Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-
           applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:

           1.     ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with
                  ASTM C 1136, Type I.
           2.     FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying
                  with ASTM C 1136, Type II.


2.7        FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

      A.   Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C;
           thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in
           field-applied jacket schedules.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Johns Manville; Zeston.

                  b.     P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      220716 - 6
                 c.        Proto Corporation; LoSmoke.

                 d.        Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.

           2.    Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
           3.    Color: Color-code jackets based on system..
           4.    Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.

      C.   Metal Jacket:

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                 a.        Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                           Metal Jacketing Systems.

                 b.        ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing.

                 c.        RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate.

           2.    Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14.

                 a.        Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing .

                 b.        Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.

                 c.        Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and
                           kraft paper.


2.8        TAPES

      A.   ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying
           with ASTM C 1136.

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                 a.        ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.

                 b.        Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.

                 c.        Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.

                 d.        Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.

           2.    Width: 3 inches.
           3.    Thickness: 11.5 mils.
           4.    Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.    Elongation: 2 percent.
           6.    Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
           7.    ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

      B.   FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
           complying with ASTM C 1136.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                         PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            220716 - 7
           1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                    a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK.

                    b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.

                    c.     Compac Corporation; 110 and 111.

                    d.     Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.

           2.       Width: 3 inches.
           3.       Thickness: 6.5 mils.
           4.       Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.       Elongation: 2 percent.
           6.       Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
           7.       FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.

      C.   PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable
           for indoor and outdoor applications.

           1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                    a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 370 White PVC tape.

                    b.     Compac Corporation; 130.

                    c.     Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS.

           2.       Width: 2 inches.
           3.       Thickness: 6 mils.
           4.       Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.       Elongation: 500 percent.
           6.       Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width.


2.9        SECUREMENTS

      A.   Bands:

           1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                    into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                    a.     ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.

                    b.     RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs.

           2.       Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick,
                    3/4 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
           3.       Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4
                    inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
           4.       Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal
                    bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.

      B.   Insulation Pins and Hangers:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                     PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        220716 - 8
         1.     Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-
                discharge welding, 0.135-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.

                a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                       1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
                       2)     GEMCO; CD.
                       3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD.
                       4)     Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.

         2.     Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed
                for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation
                indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer.

                a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                       1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; CHP-1.
                       2)     GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin.
                       3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head.
                       4)     Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.

         3.     Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick, galvanized-
                steel or aluminum sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place
                but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.

                a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                       1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; RC 150.
                       2)     GEMCO; R-150.
                       3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150.
                       4)     Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.

                b.     Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure
                       permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.

   C.    Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel.

   D.    Wire: 0.080-inch nickel-copper alloy, 0.062-inch soft-annealed, stainless steel or 0.062-inch soft-
         annealed, galvanized steel.


2.10     CORNER ANGLES

   A.    PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784,
         Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface.

   B.    Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to
         ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14.

   C.    Stainless-Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, stainless steel according to
         ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                  PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     220716 - 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
           conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

           1.     Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
           2.     Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely
           affect insulation application.

      B.   Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion
           coating to insulated surfaces as follows:

           1.     Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy
                  finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F. Consult
                  coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating
                  temperature range.
           2.     Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with
                  an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application
                  methods for operating temperature range.

      C.   Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for
           heat tracing that apply to insulation.

      D.   Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-
           steel surfaces, use demineralized water.


3.3        GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of
           voids throughout the length of equipment.

      B.   Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each
           item as specified in insulation system schedules.

      C.   Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories
           that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

      D.   Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

      E.   Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

      F.   Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                      PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        220716 - 10
   G.    Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive
         recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

   H.    Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

   I.    Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports,
         anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.

         1.     Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
         2.     For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs
                from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal
                ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
         3.     Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation
                inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
         4.     Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket,
                arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

   J.    Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry
         film thicknesses.

   K.    Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:

         1.     Draw jacket tight and smooth.
         2.     Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure
                strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
         3.     Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams
                at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward
                clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c.

                a.      For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

         4.     Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
                instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
         5.     Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints.

   L.    Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

   M.    Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to
         thermal movement.

   N.    Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches
         at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.

   O.    For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:

         1.     Vibration-control devices.
         2.     Testing agency labels and stamps.
         3.     Nameplates and data plates.
         4.     Manholes.
         5.     Handholes.
         6.     Cleanouts.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                      PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        220716 - 11
3.4        INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT INSULATION

      A.   Insulation Installation on Pumps:

           1.     Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with
                  splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6-inch
                  centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-inch- diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively,
                  secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism.
           2.     Fabricate boxes from galvanized steel, at least 0.050 inch thick.
           3.     For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal
                  between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier.


3.5        INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION

      A.   Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings
           in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.


3.6        FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION

      A.   Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for
           horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal
           with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

           1.     Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish
                  bead along seam and joint edge.

      B.   Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints.
           Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant
           recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at
           end joints.


3.7        FINISHES

      A.   Equipment exposed in mechanical rooms (i.e. fan rooms, boiler room, chiller room, etc…) that is not
           required to have a PVC jacket shall have the insulation ASJ or other Paintable Jacket material painted to
           match Color Coding by system type.

           1.     Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and
                  finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.

                  a.     Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

      B.   Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.


3.8        COLOR CODING

      A.   Where jackets are to be colored or painted by system type the following colors shall apply:

           1.     Domestic Cold Water and Non-potable Water                           White
           2.     Domestic Hot Water                                                  Pink

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                      PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        220716 - 12
           3.     Domestic Hot Water Recirculation                                       Purple


3.9        EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE

      A.   Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of
           equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

      B.   Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment that is not factory insulated.

      C.   Domestic hot-water pump insulation shall be one of the following:
           1.   Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inch thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
           2.   Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.


3.10       INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

      A.   Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied
           jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

      B.   If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

      C.   Equipment, Concealed:

           1.     None.

      D.   Equipment, Exposed between finished floor and 10 feet above finished floor:
           1.    General Areas: PVC, color shall be as selected by Architect.
           2.    Mechanical Rooms (i.e. fan rooms, boiler rooms, chiller rooms, etc…): PVC, Color-Coded by
                 System: 30 mils thick.


3.11       OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

      A.   Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied
           jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

      B.   If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

      C.   Equipment, Concealed:

           1.     None.

      D.   Equipment, Exposed:

           1.     Aluminum, Smooth or Stucco Embossed with Z-Shaped Locking Seam: 0.024 inch thick.


END OF SECTION 220716




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          220716 - 13
SECTION 220719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services:
           1.     Domestic cold-water piping.
           2.     Domestic hot-water piping.
           3.     Domestic recirculating hot-water piping.
           4.     Sanitary waste piping exposed to freezing conditions.
           5.     Storm-water piping exposed to freezing conditions.
           6.     Roof drains and rainwater leaders.
           7.     Supplies and drains for handicap-accessible lavatories and sinks.

      B.   Related Sections:
           1.     Section 220716 "Plumbing Equipment Insulation."


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance
           thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied, if any).


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program
           or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and
           Training.

      B.   Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical
           products according to ASTM E 84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
           Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers,
           with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
           1.     Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50
                  or less.
           2.     Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of
                  150 or less.

      C.   Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous
           components:
           1.   Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            220719 - 1
1.5        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM
           standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.


1.6        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 220529
           "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

      B.   Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before
           preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of
           insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.

      C.   Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.


1.7        SCHEDULING

      A.   Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and
           testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results.

      B.   Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
           construction.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        INSULATION MATERIALS

      A.   Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation
           Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping
           Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.

      B.   Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.

      C.   Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50
           ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

      D.   Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to
           ASTM C 795.

      E.   Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials.         Comply with
           ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials.
           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel.
                  b.     Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
                  c.     K-Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K-FLEX LS.

      F.   Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                          PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          220719 - 2
                  a.     Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200.
                  b.     Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
                  c.     Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree Pipe Insulation.
                  d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K.
                  e.     Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
           2.     Type I, 850 Deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply
                  with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ.             Factory-applied jacket
                  requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.


2.2        INSULATING CEMENTS

      A.   Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik.


2.3        ADHESIVES

      A.   Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation
           to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.
           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal.
                  b.     Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         75.
                  d.     K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive.
           2.     For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      C.   Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-127.
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         60/85-70.
                  d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
           2.     For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      D.   ASJ Adhesive, and FSKJacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding
           insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
           1.      Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-82.
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           220719 - 3
                 c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                        20.
                 d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
           2.    For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                 according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      E.   PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                 a.     Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone.
                 b.     Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive.
                 c.     P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive.
                 d.     Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive.
           2.    For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                 according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).


2.4        MASTICS

      A.   Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-
           19565C, Type II.
           1.    For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                 according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      B.   Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-
                        80/30-90.
                 b.     Vimasco Corporation; 749.
           2.    Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
                 thickness.
           3.    Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
           4.    Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
           5.    Color: White.


2.5        SEALANTS

      A.   FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                 a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                        CP-76.
                 b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405.
                 c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-
                        44.
                 d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
           2.    Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
           3.    Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
           4.    Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
           5.    Color: Aluminum.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        220719 - 4
           6.     For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      B.   ASJ Flashing Sealants and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-76.
           2.     Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
           3.     Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
           4.     Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
           5.     Color: White.
           6.     For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).


2.6        FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

      A.   Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-
           applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
           1.      ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with
                   ASTM C 1136, Type I.
           2.      FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying
                   with ASTM C 1136, Type II.


2.7        FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

      A.   Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C;
           thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in
           field-applied jacket schedules.
           1.      Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Johns Manville; Zeston.
                  b.     P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.
                  c.     Proto Corporation; LoSmoke.
                  d.     Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.
           2.     Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
           3.     Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate.

                  a.     Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions,
                         reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers
                         for lavatories.

      C.   Metal Jacket:
           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         Metal Jacketing Systems.
                  b.     ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing.
                  c.     RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                             PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                             220719 - 5
           2.    Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14.

                 a.     Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing .
                 b.     Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
                 c.     Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and
                        kraft paper.
                 d.     Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers:

                        1)     Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket.
                        2)     Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows.
                        3)     Tee covers.
                        4)     Flange and union covers.
                        5)     End caps.
                        6)     Beveled collars.
                        7)     Valve covers.
                        8)     Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not
                               available.


2.8        TAPES

      A.   ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying
           with ASTM C 1136.
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                 a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.
                 b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.
                 c.     Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.
                 d.     Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
           2.    Width: 3 inches.
           3.    Thickness: 11.5 mils.
           4.    Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.    Elongation: 2 percent.
           6.    Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
           7.    ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

      B.   FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
           complying with ASTM C 1136.
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                 a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK.
                 b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.
                 c.     Compac Corporation; 110 and 111.
                 d.     Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.
           2.    Width: 3 inches.
           3.    Thickness: 6.5 mils.
           4.    Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.    Elongation: 2 percent.
           6.    Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
           7.    FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.

      C.   PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable
           for indoor and outdoor applications.
           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                       PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       220719 - 6
                  a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 370 White PVC tape.
                  b.     Compac Corporation; 130.
                  c.     Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS.
           2.     Width: 2 inches.
           3.     Thickness: 6 mils.
           4.     Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.     Elongation: 500 percent.
           6.     Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width.


2.9        SECUREMENTS

      A.   Bands:
           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.
                  b.     RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping and Seals.
           2.     Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick,
                  3/4 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
           3.     Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4
                  inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.

      B.   Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel.

      C.   Wire: 0.080-inch nickel-copper alloy, 0.062-inch soft-annealed, stainless steel or 0.062-inch soft-
           annealed, galvanized steel.


2.10       PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS

      A.   Protective Shielding Pipe Covers:
           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Engineered Brass Company.
                  b.     Insul-Tect Products Co.; a subsidiary of MVG Molded Products.
                  c.     McGuire Manufacturing.
                  d.     Plumberex.
                  e.     Truebro; a brand of IPS Corporation.
                  f.     Zurn Industries, LLC; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation.
           2.     Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-water
                  supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
                  requirements.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
           conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
           1.     Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           220719 - 7
           2.     Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely
           affect insulation application.

      B.   Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion
           coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
           1.     Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy
                  finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F. Consult
                  coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating
                  temperature range.
           2.     Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with
                  an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application
                  methods for operating temperature range.

      C.   Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for
           heat tracing that apply to insulation.

      D.   Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-
           steel surfaces, use demineralized water.


3.3        GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of
           voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.

      B.   Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each
           item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.

      C.   Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories
           that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

      D.   Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

      E.   Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

      F.   Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.

      G.   Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

      H.   Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive
           recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

      I.   Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

      J.   Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports,
           anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
           1.    Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                             PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                             220719 - 8
           2.     For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs
                  from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal
                  ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
           3.     Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation
                  inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
           4.     Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket,
                  arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

      K.   Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry
           film thicknesses.

      L.   Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
           1.      Draw jacket tight and smooth.
           2.      Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure
                   strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
           3.      Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams
                   at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward
                   clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c.

                  a.     For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
           4.     Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
                  instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
           5.     Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends
                  adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.

      M.   Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

      N.   Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to
           thermal movement.

      O.   Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches
           at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.

      P.   For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
           1.     Vibration-control devices.
           2.     Testing agency labels and stamps.
           3.     Nameplates and data plates.
           4.     Cleanouts.


3.4        PENETRATIONS

      A.   Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations.
           1.      Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
           2.      For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal
                   with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for
                   outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
           3.      Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof
                   flashing.
           4.      Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.

      B.   Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve
           seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                              PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              220719 - 9
      C.   Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install
           insulation continuously through walls and partitions.

      D.   Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously
           through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
           1.      Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire-
                   resistive joint sealers.

      E.   Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
           1.      Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
           2.      Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413
                   "Penetration Firestopping."


3.5        GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION

      A.   Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific
           requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.

      B.   Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
           1.      Install insulation over fittings, valves, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous
                   thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated.
           2.      Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same
                   material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against
                   adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with
                   insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining
                   pipe insulation.
           3.      Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material
                   and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section
                   closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive.
           4.      Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material,
                   density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less
                   than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For
                   valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill
                   joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.
           5.      Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap
                   adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
                   diameter, whichever is thicker.
           6.      Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic.
                   Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient
                   services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and
                   well-shaped contour.
           7.      For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and
                   polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions.
                   Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC
                   tape.
           8.      Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and
                   color of pipe labels.

      C.   Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test
           connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these
           connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing
           cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.

      D.   Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                             PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            220719 - 10
           1.     Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as
                  that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation.
           2.     When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from
                  flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on
                  each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-steel or aluminum bands.
                  Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.
           3.     Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-
                  part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
           4.     When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks
                  wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with
                  tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve.
                  Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover
                  assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel
                  second coat to a smooth finish.
           5.     Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a
                  metal jacket.


3.6        INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION

      A.   Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings
           in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

      B.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
           1.      Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
           2.      Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
                   thickness of pipe insulation.
           3.      Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent
                   straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.
           4.      Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
                   eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

      C.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
           1.      Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
           2.      Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
                   eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

      D.   Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
           1.      Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available.
           2.      When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to
                   valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
                   disturbing insulation.
           3.      Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
           4.      Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended
                   adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.


3.7        INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION

      A.   Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
           1.      Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands
                   without deforming insulation materials.
           2.      Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with
                   vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           220719 - 11
           3.     For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward
                  clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
           4.     For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal
                  tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material
                  manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

      B.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
           1.      Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
           2.      Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
                   thickness of pipe insulation.
           3.      Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent
                   straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.
           4.      Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch,
                   and seal joints with flashing sealant.

      C.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
           1.      Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available.
           2.      When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe
                   insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire
                   or bands.

      D.   Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
           1.      Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available.
           2.      When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve
                   body.
           3.      Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing
                   insulation.
           4.      Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.


3.8        FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION

      A.   Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal
           with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
           1.    Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish
                 bead along seam and joint edge.

      B.   Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints.
           Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant
           recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at
           end joints.


3.9        FINISHES

      A.   Piping exposed in mechanical rooms (i.e. fan rooms, boiler room, chiller room, etc…) that is not required
           to have a PVC jacket shall have the insulation ASJ.

      B.   Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation
           manufacturer's recommended protective coating.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           220719 - 12
3.10      PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

   A.     Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping
          system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from
          materials listed is Contractor's option.

   B.     Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
          1.     Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
          2.     Underground piping
          3.     Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.


3.11      INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE

   A.     All piping insulation shall comply with the type and insulation thickness noted in the schedule below and
          as noted elsewhere.

   B.
 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE 1
 Piping System     Insulation Type                Fluid                < 1"         1” to 1-    1-1/2"      3" to 4"     6"
 Types                                            Temperature                       1/4"        to 2"                    and
                                                  Range                                                                  larger

 Domestic Cold Water     Flexible Elastomeric     35 to 65 Deg F       1”           1-1/2”      1-1/2”      1-1/2”       1-1/2”
                         or Mineral-Fiber
                         Preformed Pipe
                         Insulation w/Wicking
                         System

 Domestic Hot Water      Flexible Elastomeric     105 to 160 Deg F     1”           1”          1”          1-1/2”       1-1/2”
 Domestic Hot Water      or Mineral-Fiber
 Recirculation           Preformed Pipe
                         Insulation
                                                  161 to 200 Deg F     1”           2”          2”          2”           3”

 Storm Water and         Flexible Elastomeric     35 to 65 Deg F       1/2”         1/2”        1/2”        1/2”         1/2”
 Overflow                or Mineral-Fiber
                         Preformed Pipe
                         Insulation w/Wicking
                         System

 Condensate and          Flexible Elastomeric     < 60 Deg F           1/2”         1”          1”          1”           1”
 Equipment Drain         or Mineral-Fiber
 Water                   Preformed Pipe
                         Insulation

 Notes:                  1 - For piping exposed to the outside ambient conditions, increase thickness of insulation by 1/2”.
                         2-

   C.     Roof Drain and Overflow Drain Bodies:
          1.    All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
                a.     Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
                b.     Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          220719 - 13
   D.    Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures:
         1.    Provide protection shielding guard.


3.12     INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

   A.    Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied
         jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

   B.    If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

   C.    Piping, Concealed:
         1.     None.

   D.    Piping, Exposed:
         1.     General Areas: PVC.
         2.      Mechanical Rooms (i.e. fan rooms, boiler rooms, chiller rooms, etc…): 30 mils thick.


3.13     OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

   A.    Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied
         jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

   B.    If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

   C.    Piping, Concealed:
         1.     None.

   D.    Piping, Exposed:
         1.     Aluminum, Smooth or Stucco Embossed with Z-Shaped Locking Seam: 0.024 inch thick.


END OF SECTION 220719




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           220719 - 14
SECTION 221113 - FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes water-distribution piping and related components outside the building for water
           service.

      B.   Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site, ready for installation.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene terpolymer rubber.

      B.   LLDPE: Linear, low-density polyethylene plastic.

      C.   PA: Polyamide (nylon) plastic.

      D.   PE: Polyethylene plastic.

      E.   PP: Polypropylene plastic.

      F.   PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

      G.   RTRF: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) fittings.

      H.   RTRP: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) pipe.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Field quality-control test reports.

      C.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For water valves and specialties to include in emergency, operation,
           and maintenance manuals.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Regulatory Requirements:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          221113 - 1
           1.     Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include tapping of water mains
                  and backflow prevention.
           2.     Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water-service piping,
                  including materials, installation, testing, and disinfection.
           3.     Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water-service piping,
                  including materials, hose threads, installation, and testing.

      B.   Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

      C.   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
           Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
           use.

      D.   Comply with ASTM F 645 for selection, design, and installation of thermoplastic water piping.

      E.   Comply with FMG's "Approval Guide" or UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire-service-
           main products.

      F.   NSF Compliance:
           1.   Comply with NSF 61 for materials for water-service piping and specialties for domestic water.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves according to the following:

           1.     Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion.
           2.     Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces.
           3.     Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling.

      B.   During Storage: Use precautions for valves according to the following:

           1.     Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage.
           2.     Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew-point
                  temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is
                  necessary.

      C.   Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants if size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig
           valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use stems as lifting or rigging points.

      D.   Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling
           to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

      E.   Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of
           floor when storing inside.

      F.   Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt.

      G.   Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                      FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                             221113 - 2
1.7        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Interruption of Existing Water-Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by
           Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
           temporary water-distribution service according to requirements indicated:

           1.     Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of
                  service.
           2.     Do not proceed with interruption of water-distribution service without Construction Manager's
                  written permission.


1.8        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate connection to water main with utility company.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

      A.   Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K and ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, annealed temper.

           1.     Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-
                  copper, solder-joint pressure type. Furnish only wrought-copper fittings if indicated.
           2.     Copper, Pressure-Seal Fittings:

                  a.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
                         offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
                         the following:
                  b.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                         following:

                         1)     Viega; Plumbing & Heating Systems.

                  c.     NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM O-ring seal in each end.

                  d.     NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Bronze fitting with stainless-steel grip ring and EPDM O-ring seal in
                         each end.

      B.   Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K and ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, drawn temper.

           1.     Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-
                  copper, solder-joint pressure type. Furnish only wrought-copper fittings if indicated.
           2.     Copper, Pressure-Seal Fittings:

                  a.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
                         offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
                         the following:
                  b.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                         following:

                         1)     Viega; Plumbing & Heating Systems.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                               FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      221113 - 3
                  c.     NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM O-ring seal in each end.

                  d.     NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Bronze fitting with stainless-steel grip ring and EPDM O-ring seal in
                         each end.

      C.   Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required
           to match piping.

      D.   Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socket, metal-to-
           metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.


2.2        JOINING MATERIALS

      A.   Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for commonly used joining
           materials.

      B.   Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series.


2.3        PIPING SPECIALTIES

      A.   Transition Fittings: Manufactured fitting or coupling same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to
           and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

      B.   Tubular-Sleeve Pipe Couplings:

           1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing.
                  b.     Dresser, Inc.; Dresser Piping Specialties.
                  c.     Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The); Pipe Products Div.
                  d.     Hays Fluid Controls; a division of ROMAC Industries Inc.
                  e.     JCM Industries.
                  f.     Smith-Blair, Inc.
                  g.     Viking Johnson.

           3.     Description: Metal, bolted, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, with center sleeve,
                  gaskets, end rings, and bolt fasteners and with ends of same sizes as piping to be joined.

                  a.     Standard: AWWA C219.
                  b.     Center-Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard.
                  c.     Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber.
                  d.     Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum.
                  e.     Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.

      C.   Split-Sleeve Pipe Couplings:

           1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       221113 - 4
           2.    Manufacturers:    Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                 a.     Victaulic Depend-O-Lok.

           3.    Description: Metal, bolted, split-sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling with sealing pad and
                 closure plates, O-ring gaskets, and bolt fasteners.

                 a.     Standard: AWWA C219.
                 b.     Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard.
                 c.     Sleeve Dimensions: Of thickness and width required to provide pressure rating.
                 d.     Gasket Material: O-rings made of EPDM rubber, unless otherwise indicated.
                 e.     Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum.
                 f.     Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.

      D.   Flexible Connectors:

           1.    Nonferrous-Metal Piping: Bronze hose covered with bronze wire braid; with copper-tube,
                 pressure-type, solder-joint ends or bronze flanged ends brazed to hose.
           2.    Ferrous-Metal Piping: Stainless-steel hose covered with stainless-steel wire braid; with
                 ASME B1.20.1, threaded steel pipe nipples or ASME B16.5, steel pipe flanges welded to hose.

      E.   Dielectric Fittings: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, or plain end types; and
           matching piping system materials.

           1.    Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated union assembly, designed for 250-psig minimum working
                 pressure at 180 deg F. Include insulating material that isolates dissimilar metals and ends with
                 inside threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
           2.    Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig
                 minimum working pressure to suit system pressures.
           3.    Dielectric-Flange Insulation Kits: Field-assembled companion-flange assembly, full-face or ring
                 type. Components include neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves,
                 phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.

                 a.     Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts for 150- or 300-psig minimum
                        working pressure to suit system pressures.

           4.    Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel couplings with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic
                 lining, with threaded ends and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
           5.    Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipples with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining,
                 with combination of plain, threaded, or grooved end types, and 300-psig minimum working
                 pressure at 225 deg F.


2.4        GATE VALVES

      A.   AWWA, Cast-Iron Gate Valves:

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:
           3.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                 by one of the following:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                               FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      221113 - 5
                a.    American AVK Co.; Valves & Fittings Div.
                b.    American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; American Flow Control Div.
                c.    American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Co. Subsidiary.
                d.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div.
                e.    East Jordan Iron Works, Inc.
                f.    McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa).
                g.    McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
                h.    McWane, Inc.; M & H Valve Company Div.
                i.    McWane, Inc.; Tyler Pipe Div.; Utilities Div.
                j.    Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
                k.    NIBCO INC.
                l.    U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company.

         4.     Nonrising-Stem, Metal-Seated Gate Valves:

                a.    Description: Gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet; with cast-iron or bronze double-disc
                      gate, bronze gate rings, bronze stem, and stem nut.

                      1)     Standard: AWWA C500.
                      2)     Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig.
                      3)     End Connections: Mechanical joint.
                      4)     Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550.

         5.     Nonrising-Stem, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves:

                a.    Description: Gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet; with bronze or gray- or ductile-iron
                      gate, resilient seats, bronze stem, and stem nut.

                      1)     Standard: AWWA C509.
                      2)     Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig.
                      3)     End Connections: Mechanical joint.
                      4)     Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550.

         6.     Nonrising-Stem, High-Pressure, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves:

                a.    Description: Ductile-iron body and bonnet; with bronze or ductile-iron gate, resilient seats,
                      bronze stem, and stem nut.

                      1)     Standard: AWWA C509.
                      2)     Minimum Pressure Rating: 250 psig.
                      3)     End Connections: Push on or mechanical joint.
                      4)     Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550.

         7.     OS&Y, Rising-Stem, Metal-Seated Gate Valves:

                a.    Description: Cast- or ductile-iron body and bonnet, with cast-iron double disc, bronze disc
                      and seat rings, and bronze stem.

                      1)     Standard: AWWA C500.
                      2)     Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig.
                      3)     End Connections: Flanged.

         8.     OS&Y, Rising-Stem, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                              FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     221113 - 6
                a.    Description: Cast- or ductile-iron body and bonnet, with bronze or gray- or ductile-iron
                      gate, resilient seats, and bronze stem.

                      1)       Standard: AWWA C509.
                      2)       Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig.
                      3)       End Connections: Flanged.

   B.    UL/FMG, Cast-Iron Gate Valves:

         1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
         2.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                following:
         3.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                by one of the following:

                a.    American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; American Flow Control Div.
                b.    American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Co. Subsidiary.
                c.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div.
                d.    McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa).
                e.    McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
                f.    McWane, Inc.; M & H Valve Company Div.
                g.    Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
                h.    NIBCO INC.
                i.    U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company.

         4.     UL/FMG, Nonrising-Stem Gate Valves:

                a.    Description: Iron body and bonnet with flange for indicator post, bronze seating material,
                      and inside screw.

                      1)       Standards: UL 262 and FMG approved.
                      2)       Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig.
                      3)       End Connections: Flanged.

         5.     OS&Y, Rising-Stem Gate Valves:

                a.    Description: Iron body and bonnet and bronze seating material.

                      1)       Standards: UL 262 and FMG approved.
                      2)       Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig.
                      3)       End Connections: Flanged.

   C.    Bronze Gate Valves:

         1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
         2.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                following:
         3.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                by one of the following:

                a.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
                b.    Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                            FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   221113 - 7
                 c.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div.
                 d.     Hammond Valve.
                 e.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                 f.     NIBCO INC.
                 g.     Red-White Valve Corporation.

           4.    OS&Y, Rising-Stem Gate Valves:

                 a.     Description: Bronze body and bonnet and bronze stem.

                        1)    Standards: UL 262 and FMG approved.
                        2)    Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig.
                        3)    End Connections: Threaded.

           5.    Nonrising-Stem Gate Valves:

                 a.     Description: Class 125, Type 1, bronze with solid wedge, threaded ends, and malleable-
                        iron handwheel.

                        1)    Standard: MSS SP-80.


2.5        GATE VALVE ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES

      A.   Tapping-Sleeve Assemblies:

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:
           3.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                 by one of the following:

                 a.     American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Co. Subsidiary.
                 b.     East Jordan Iron Works, Inc.
                 c.     Flowserve.
                 d.     McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa).
                 e.     McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
                 f.     McWane, Inc.; M & H Valve Company Div.
                 g.     Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
                 h.     U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company.

           4.    Description: Sleeve and valve compatible with drilling machine.

                 a.     Standard: MSS SP-60.
                 b.     Tapping Sleeve: Cast- or ductile-iron or stainless-steel, two-piece bolted sleeve with
                        flanged outlet for new branch connection. Include sleeve matching size and type of pipe
                        material being tapped and with recessed flange for branch valve.
                 c.     Valve: AWWA, cast-iron, nonrising-stem, resilient-seated gate valve with one raised face
                        flange mating tapping-sleeve flange.

      B.   Valve Boxes: Comply with AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve boxes. Include top section, adjustable
           extension of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," and bottom
           section with base that fits over valve and with a barrel approximately 5 inches in diameter.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                             FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    221113 - 8
           1.    Operating Wrenches: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest
                 buried valve, and socket matching valve operating nut.

      C.   Indicator Posts: UL 789, FMG-approved, vertical-type, cast-iron body with operating wrench, extension
           rod, and adjustable cast-iron barrel of length required for depth of burial of valve.


2.6        CHECK VALVES

      A.   AWWA Check Valves:

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:
           3.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                 by one of the following:

                 a.     American AVK Co.; Valves & Fittings Div.
                 b.     American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; American Flow Control Div.
                 c.     APCO Williamette; Valve and Primer Corporation.
                 d.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
                 e.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div.
                 f.     McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa).
                 g.     McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
                 h.     McWane, Inc.; M & H Valve Company Div.
                 i.     Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
                 j.     NIBCO INC.
                 k.     Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           4.    Description: Swing-check type with resilient seat.      Include interior coating according to
                 AWWA C550 and ends to match piping.

                 a.     Standard: AWWA C508.
                 b.     Pressure Rating: 175 psig.

      B.   UL/FMG, Check Valves:

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:
           3.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                 by one of the following:

                 a.     American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Co. Subsidiary.
                 b.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div.
                 c.     Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
                 d.     Kidde Fire Fighting.
                 e.     MATCO-NORCA, Inc.
                 f.     McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa).
                 g.     McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
                 h.     Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
                 i.     NIBCO INC.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                             FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    221113 - 9
                 j.     Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
                 k.     Tyco Fire & Building Products.
                 l.     United Brass Works, Inc.
                 m.     Victaulic Company of America.
                 n.     Viking Corporation.
                 o.     Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           4.    Description: Swing-check type with pressure rating; rubber-face checks, unless otherwise
                 indicated; and ends matching piping.

                 a.     Standards: UL 312 and FMG approved.
                 b.     Pressure Rating: 175 psig.


2.7        DETECTOR CHECK VALVES

      A.   Detector Check Valves:

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:
           3.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                 by one of the following:

                 a.     Ames Fire & Waterworks; a division of Watts Regulator Co.
                 b.     Badger Meter, Inc.
                 c.     FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls.
                 d.     Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
                 e.     McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
                 f.     Mueller Co.; Hersey Meters.
                 g.     Victaulic Company of America.
                 h.     Viking Corporation.
                 i.     Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           4.    Description: Galvanized cast-iron body, bolted cover with air-bleed device for access to internal
                 parts, and flanged ends. Include one-piece bronze disc with bronze bushings, pivot, and
                 replaceable seat. Include threaded bypass taps in inlet and outlet for bypass meter connection. Set
                 valve to allow minimal water flow through bypass meter when major water flow is required.

                 a.     Standards: UL 312 and FMG approved.
                 b.     Pressure Rating: 175 psig.
                 c.     Water Meter: AWWA C700, disc type, at least one-fourth size of detector check valve.
                        Include meter, bypass piping, gate valves, check valve, and connections to detector check
                        valve.

           5.    Description: Iron body, corrosion-resistant clapper ring and seat ring material, flanged ends, with
                 connections for bypass and installation of water meter.

                 a.     Standards: UL 312 and FMG approved.
                 b.     Pressure Rating: 175 psig.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                               FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     221113 - 10
2.8        PLUG VALVES

      A.   Plug Valves:

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:
           3.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                 by one of the following:

                 a.       DeZURIK/Copes-Vulcan; a unit of SPX Corporation.
                 b.       Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc.
                 c.       Milliken Valve Company.
                 d.       McWane, Inc.; M & H Valve Company Div.
                 e.       Pratt, Henry Company.
                 f.       Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.

           4.    Description: Resilient-seated eccentric.

                 a.       Standard: MSS SP-108.
                 b.       Body: Cast iron.
                 c.       Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum CWP.
                 d.       Seat Material: Suitable for potable-water service.


2.9        BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

      A.   Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers:

           1.    Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
           2.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:
           3.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                 by one of the following:

                 a.       Ames Fire & Waterworks; a division of Watts Regulator Co.
                 b.       Conbraco Industries, Inc.
                 c.       FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls.
                 d.       Flomatic Corporation.
                 e.       Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                 f.       Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products Div.

           4.    Standard: ASSE 1013 or AWWA C511.
           5.    Operation: Continuous-pressure applications.
           6.    Pressure Loss: 12 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range.
           7.    Size: As shown on plans.
           8.    Design Flow Rate: As shown on plans.
           9.    Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; steel with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or
                 that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           10.   End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           11.   Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow.
           12.   Accessories:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       221113 - 11
                a.     Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and smaller; OS&Y gate
                       type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
                b.     Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow preventer connection.

   B.    Double-Check, Backflow-Prevention Assemblies:

         1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
         2.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                following:
         3.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                by one of the following:

                a.     Ames Fire & Waterworks; a division of Watts Regulator Co.
                b.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.
                c.     FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls.
                d.     Flomatic Corporation.
                e.     Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                f.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products Div.

         4.     Standard: ASSE 1015 or AWWA C510.
         5.     Operation: Continuous-pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated.
         6.     Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range.
         7.     Size: As shown on plans.
         8.     Design Flow Rate: As shown on plans.
         9.     Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; steel with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or
                that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
         10.    End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
         11.    Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow.
         12.    Accessories: Ball valves with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and smaller; OS&Y gate
                valves with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

   C.    Backflow Preventer Test Kits:

         1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
         2.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                following:
         3.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product
                by one of the following:

                a.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.
                b.     FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls.
                c.     Flomatic Corporation.
                d.     Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                e.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products Div.

         4.     Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with test-procedure
                instructions.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                              FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    221113 - 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EARTHWORK

      A.   Refer to Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.


3.2        PIPING APPLICATIONS

      A.   General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following
           applications.

      B.   Transition couplings and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may
           be used, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping.

      D.   Underground water-service piping shall be any of the following:

           1.     Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K or ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought-copper, solder-joint
                  fittings; and brazed joints.


3.3        VALVE APPLICATIONS

      A.   General Application: Use mechanical-joint-end valves for NPS 3 and larger underground installation.
           Use threaded- or flanged-end valves for installation in vaults. Use UL/FMG, nonrising-stem gate valves
           for installation with indicator posts. Use corporation valves and curb valves with ends compatible with
           piping, for NPS 2 and smaller installation.

      B.   Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following
           requirements apply:

           1.     Underground Valves, NPS 3 and Larger: AWWA, cast-iron, nonrising-stem, resilient-seated gate
                  valves with valve box.
           2.     Underground Valves, NPS 4 and Larger, for Indicator Posts: UL/FMG, cast-iron, nonrising-stem
                  gate valves with indicator post.
           3.     Use the following for valves in vaults and aboveground:

                  a.     Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze, nonrising stem.
                  b.     Gate Valves, NPS 3 and Larger: AWWA, cast iron, OS&Y rising stem, resilient seated.
                  c.     Check Valves: AWWA C508, swing type.

           4.     Pressure-Reducing Valves: Use for water-service piping in vaults and aboveground to control
                  water pressure.


3.4        PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

      A.   See Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping-system common
           requirements.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       221113 - 13
3.5        PIPING INSTALLATION

      A.   Water-Main Connection: Arrange with utility company for tap of size and in location indicated in water
           main.

      B.   Water-Main Connection: Tap water main according to requirements of water utility company and of size
           and in location indicated.

      C.   Make connections larger than NPS 2 with tapping machine according to the following:

           1.     Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60.
           2.     Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate valve.
           3.     Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in main. Remove
                  tapping machine and connect water-service piping.
           4.     Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install valve with stem pointing
                  up and with valve box.

      D.   Make connections NPS 2 and smaller with drilling machine according to the following:

           1.     Install service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity, and arrangement
                  required by utility company standards.
           2.     Install service-saddle assemblies on water-service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for
                  corporation valves.
           3.     Use drilling machine compatible with service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves. Drill
                  hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water-service piping.
           4.     Install corporation valves into service-saddle assemblies.
           5.     Install manifold for multiple taps in water main.
           6.     Install curb valve in water-service piping with head pointing up and with service box.

      E.   Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 60 inches, with top at least 12 inches below level of
           maximum frost penetration, and according to the following:

           1.     Under Driveways: With at least 36 inches cover over top.
           2.     In Loose Gravelly Soil and Rock: With at least 12 inches additional cover.

      F.   Install piping by tunneling or jacking, or combination of both, under streets and other obstructions that
           cannot be disturbed.

      G.   Extend water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building-water-piping systems at
           outside face of building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated.

           1.     Terminate water-service piping at building wall until building-water-piping systems are installed.
                  Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material. Make connections
                  to building-water-piping systems when those systems are installed.

      H.   Sleeves are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing."

      I.   Mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing."

      J.   Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use
           restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports.

      K.   See Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for potable-water piping inside the building.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      221113 - 14
3.6        JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.   See Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping joint construction.

      B.   Make pipe joints according to the following:

           1.     Copper-Tubing, Pressure-Sealed Joints:        Use proprietary crimping tool and procedure
                  recommended by copper, pressure-seal-fitting manufacturer.
           2.     Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials, with OD,
                  and with system working pressure. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for
                  Plumbing" for joining piping of dissimilar metals.


3.7        VALVE INSTALLATION

      A.   AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground valve
           with stem pointing up and with valve box.

      B.   AWWA Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44.

      C.   MSS Valves: Install as component of connected piping system.

      D.   Pressure-Reducing Valves: Install in vault or aboveground between shutoff valves. Install full-size
           valved bypass.

      E.   Relief Valves: Comply with AWWA C512. Install aboveground with shutoff valve on inlet.


3.8        BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION

      A.   Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install
           according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction.

      B.   Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to flooding.

      C.   Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.

      D.   Support NPS 2-1/2 and larger backflow preventers, valves, and piping near floor and on brick or concrete
           piers.


3.9        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general
           arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   See Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping connections to valves and
           equipment.

      C.   Connect water-distribution piping to existing water main.

      D.   Connect water-distribution piping to interior domestic water piping.

      E.   Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         221113 - 15
   F.    Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
         Cables."


3.10     FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   A.    Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks have
         hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system.
         Use only potable water.

   B.    Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one-and-one-half times working pressure for two hours.

         1.     Increase pressure in 50-psig increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test
                pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig. Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for 1 more
                hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints
                with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within allowed limits.

   C.    Prepare reports of testing activities.


3.11     IDENTIFICATION

   A.    Install continuous underground warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water-
         distribution piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping.


3.12     CLEANING

   A.    Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows:

         1.     Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered,
                extended, or repaired before use.
         2.     Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method
                is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in AWWA C651 or
                do as follows:

                a.      Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm of
                        chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours.
                b.      Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution
                        containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours.
                c.      After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine remains in
                        water coming from system.
                d.      Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure
                        if biological examination shows evidence of contamination.

   B.    Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities.


END OF SECTION 221113




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                               FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     221113 - 16
SECTION 221116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Under-building-slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, and fittings inside buildings.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For transition fittings and dielectric fittings.


1.4        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   System purging and disinfecting activities report.

      B.   Field quality-control reports.


1.5        FIELD CONDITIONS

      A.   Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or
           others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary
           water service according to requirements indicated:

           1.     Notify Architect no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of water service.
           2.     Do not interrupt water service without Architect's written permission.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PIPING MATERIALS

      A.   Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials,
           and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.


2.2        COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

      A.   Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          221116 - 1
      B.   Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K water tube, annealed temper.

      C.   Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.

      D.   Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.

      E.   Copper Unions:

           1.     MSS SP-123.
           2.     Cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body.
           3.     Ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces.
           4.     Solder-joint or threaded ends.

      F.   Copper Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings:

           1.     Manufacturers:      Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Elkhart Products Corporation.
                  b.     NIBCO Inc.
                  c.     Viega.

           2.     Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber, O-ring seal in each
                  end.
           3.     Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Cast-bronze or wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber, O-
                  ring seal in each end.


2.3        PIPING JOINING MATERIALS

      A.   Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials:

           1.     AWWA C110/A21.10, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and
                  asbestos free unless otherwise indicated.
           2.     Full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.

      D.   Flux: ASTM B 813, water flushable.

      E.   Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty
           brazing unless otherwise indicated.


2.4        ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING

      A.   Standard: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A21.5.

      B.   Form: tube.

      C.   Color: Black or natural.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                              DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221116 - 2
2.5        TRANSITION FITTINGS

      A.   General Requirements:

           1.     Same size as pipes to be joined.
           2.     Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined.
           3.     End connections compatible with pipes to be joined.


2.6        DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

      A.   General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive
           insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.

      B.   Dielectric Nipples and Couplings:

           1.     Manufacturers:    Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Elster Perfection Corporation.
                  b.     Grinnell Mechanical Products; Tyco Fire Products LP.
                  c.     Matco-Norca.
                  d.     Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
                  e.     Victaulic Company.

           2.     Standard: IAPMO PS 66.
           3.     Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545.
           4.     Pressure Rating and Temperature: 300 psig at 225 deg F.
           5.     End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
           6.     Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EARTHWORK

      A.   Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.


3.2        PIPING INSTALLATION

      A.   Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water
           piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion,
           and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved by
           Engineer.

      B.   Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

      C.   Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve inside the
           building at each domestic water-service entrance. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in
           Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" and with requirements for drain valves and
           strainers in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties."



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           221116 - 3
      D.   Install water-pressure-reducing valves if required downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with
           requirements for pressure-reducing valves in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties."

      E.   Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb.

      F.   Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or
           parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

      G.   Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate
           with other services occupying that space.

      H.   Install piping to permit valve servicing.

      I.   Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the
           system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.

      J.   Install piping free of sags and bends.

      K.   Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

      L.   Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty.

      M.   Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping for each plumbing pump and packaged booster
           pump. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing
           Piping."

      N.   Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements for
           thermometers in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping."

      O.   Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
           sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

      P.   Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for
           sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

      Q.   Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
           escutcheons specified in Section 220500 “Common Work Results for Plumbing.”


3.3        JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.   Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

      B.   Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly.

      C.   Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full
           and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe
           fittings and valves as follows:

           1.     Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
           2.     Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.

      D.   Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Comply with CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints"
           chapter.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                   DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                             221116 - 4
      E.   Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join
           copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

      F.   Pressure-Sealed Joints for Copper Tubing:          Join copper tube and pressure-seal fittings with tools
           recommended by fitting manufacturer.

      G.   Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness
           suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9.

      H.   Joints for Dissimilar-Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both
           piping systems.


3.4        TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION

      A.   Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping.


3.5        DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION

      A.   Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.

      B.   Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings or nipples.

      C.   Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric nipples.

      D.   Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits.


3.6        HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic
           Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

      B.   Comply with requirements for pipe hanger, support products, and installation in Section 220529 "Hangers
           and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

           1.     Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps.
           2.     Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:

                  a.      100 feet and less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.

                  b.      Longer Than 100 feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
                  c.      Longer Than 100 feet if indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

           3.     Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 feet or longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support
                  pipe rolls on trapeze.
           4.     Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

      C.   Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

      D.   Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                     DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                               221116 - 5
      E.   Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod
           diameters:

           1.     NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

           2.     NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

           3.     NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

           4.     NPS 2-1/2: 96 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

           5.     NPS 3 to NPS 5: 9 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

      F.   Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.

      G.   Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written
           instructions.


3.7        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance.

      C.   Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar
           piping materials.

      D.   Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the
           following:
           1.     Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller
                  than sizes of water heater connections.
           2.     Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than that
                  required by plumbing code.
           3.     Equipment: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment
                  connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions
                  for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.


3.8        IDENTIFICATION

      A.   Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in
           Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

      B.   Label pressure piping with system operating pressure.


3.9        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Perform the following tests:

           1.     Piping Tests:




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          221116 - 6
                a.     Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and
                       that piping is full of water.
                b.     Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered,
                       extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each
                       test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
                c.     Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and
                       unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
                       concealed before it was tested.
                d.     Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without
                       exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to
                       stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be
                       repaired.
                e.     Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until
                       satisfactory results are obtained.
                f.     Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required.

   B.    Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

   C.    Prepare test and inspection reports.


3.10     ADJUSTING

   A.    Perform the following adjustments before operation:

         1.     Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.
         2.     Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
         3.     Open throttling valves to proper setting.
         4.     Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow.

                a.     Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide
                       hot-water flow in each branch.
                b.     Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.

         5.     Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during
                installation.
         6.     Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
         7.     Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application
                where used and are clean and ready for use.
         8.     Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.


3.11     CLEANING

   A.    Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:

         1.     Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before
                using.
         2.     Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods
                are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow
                procedures described below:

                a.     Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets.
                b.     Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          221116 - 7
                       1)     Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of
                              chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.
                       2)     Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of
                              chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.

                c.     Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system
                       after the standing time.
                d.     Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
                e.     Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.

   B.    Clean non-potable domestic water piping as follows:

         1.     Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before
                using.
         2.     Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are not
                prescribed, follow procedures described below:

                a.     Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets.
                b.     Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
                       procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

   C.    Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.     Include copies of water-sample
         approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.

   D.    Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.


3.12     PIPING SCHEDULE

   A.    Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in
         applications below unless otherwise indicated.

   B.    Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated.

   C.    Fitting Option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing.

   D.    Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 3 and smaller, shall be one of the
         following:

         1.     Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.

   E.    Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 4 to NPS 8 and larger, shall be one of
         the following:

         1.     Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.

   F.    Under-building-slab, domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following:

         1.     Hard or soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed
                joints.

   G.    Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following:
         1.   Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and soldered joints.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                              DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221116 - 8
         2.     Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and pressure-sealed
                joints.

   H.    Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be one of the following:

         1.     Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L ; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.
         2.     Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and pressure-sealed
                joints.
         3.     Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; grooved-joint, copper-tube appurtenances; and grooved
                joints.

   I.    Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 5 to NPS 8, shall be one of the following:

         1.     Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.
         2.     Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L ; grooved-joint, copper-tube appurtenances; and grooved
                joints.


3.13     VALVE SCHEDULE

   A.    Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following
         requirements apply:

         1.     Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use ball valves with flanged ends
                for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
         2.     Hot-Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves.
         3.     Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.

   B.    Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment.


END OF SECTION 221116




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                             DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       221116 - 9
SECTION 221119 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Backflow preventers.
           2.     Temperature-actuated, water mixing valves.
           3.     Outlet boxes.
           4.     Hose bibbs.
           5.     Wall hydrants.
           6.     Drain valves.
           7.     Water-hammer arresters.
           8.     Trap-seal primer valves.
           9.     Flexible connectors.

      B.   Related Requirements:

           1.    Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers, pressure gages, and
                 flow meters in domestic water piping.
           2.    Section 221113 "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for backflow preventers.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product.


1.4        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in emergency,
           operation, and maintenance manuals.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SPECIALTIES

      A.   Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 61.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                             DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   221119 - 1
2.2        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig unless otherwise indicated.


2.3        BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

      A.   Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                 Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
                 a.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.
                 b.     FEBCO; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                 c.     Watts; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.; Watts Regulator Company.
                 d.     Zurn Industries, LLC; Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products.

           2.    Standard: ASSE 1013.
           3.    Operation: Continuous-pressure applications.
           4.    Pressure Loss: 12 psig maximum, through middle third of flow range.
           5.    Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that complies with
                 AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or steel with interior lining that complies with
                 AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           6.    End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           7.    Configuration: Designed for horizontal straight-through, vertical-inlet horizontal-center-section
                 with vertical-outlet or vertical flow as identified on the drawings.
           8.    Accessories:

                 a.    Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet.
                 b.    Valves NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Outside-screw and yoke-gate type with flanged ends on
                       inlet and outlet.
                 c.    Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection.
           9.    See Drawing Schedule for Capacities and Characteristics.


2.4        TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED, WATER MIXING VALVES

      A.   Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                 Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                 a.     Armstrong International, Inc.
                 b.     Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc.
                 c.     Leonard Valve Company.
                 d.     Powers; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                 e.     Symmons Industries, Inc.

           2.    Standard: ASSE 1017.
           3.    Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
           4.    Type: Exposed-mounted, thermostatically controlled, water mixing valve.
           5.    Material: body with corrosion-resistant interior components.
           6.    Connections: Threaded union inlets and outlet.
           7.    Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and
                 adjustable, temperature-control handle.
           8.    Tempered-Water Setting: As shown on plans.
           9.    Valve Finish: Rough bronze.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                               DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     221119 - 2
   B.    Primary Manifold, Thermostatic, Water Mixing-Valve Assemblies:
         1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
               Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                a.    Leonard Valve Company.
                b.    Powers; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                c.    Symmons Industries, Inc.

         2.     Description: Factory-fabricated, exposed-mounted, thermostatically controlled, water mixing-
                valve assembly in three-valve parallel arrangement.
         3.     Large-Flow Parallel: Thermostatic, water mixing valve and downstream-pressure regulator with
                pressure gages on inlet and outlet.
         4.     Intermediate-Flow Parallel: Thermostatic, water mixing valve and downstream-pressure regulator
                with pressure gages on inlet and outlet.
         5.     Small-Flow Parallel: Thermostatic, water mixing valve.
         6.     Thermostatic Mixing Valves: Comply with ASSE 1017. Include check stops on hot- and cold-
                water inlets and shutoff valve on outlet.
         7.     Water Regulator(s): Comply with ASSE 1003. Include pressure gage on inlet and outlet.
         8.     Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
         9.     Tempered-Water Setting: As shown on plans.
         10.    Thermostatic Mixing Valve and Water Regulator Finish: Rough bronze.

   C.    Individual-Fixture, Water Tempering Valves:
         1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                a.    Cash Acme; a division of Reliance Worldwide Corporation.
                b.    Conbraco Industries, Inc.
                c.    Honeywell International Inc.
                d.    Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc.
                e.    Leonard Valve Company.
                f.    Powers; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                g.    Watts; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.; Watts Regulator Company.
                h.    Zurn Industries, LLC; Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products.

         2.     Standard: ASSE 1070, thermostatically controlled, water tempering valve.
         3.     Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
         4.     Body: Lead Free Brass body with corrosion-resistant interior components.
         5.     Temperature Control: Adjustable.
         6.     Inlets and Outlet: Threaded.
         7.     Finish: Rough or chrome-plated bronze.
         8.     Tempered-Water Setting: 105 deg F.
         9.     Tempered-Water Design Flow Range: 0.5 gpm to 1.5 gpm.

   D.    Group-Fixtures, Water Tempering Valves:

         1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                a.    Cash Acme; a division of Reliance Worldwide Corporation.
                b.    Conbraco Industries, Inc.
                c.    Honeywell International Inc.
                d.    Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc.
                e.    Leonard Valve Company.
                f.    Powers; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                             DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   221119 - 3
                  g.     Watts; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.; Watts Regulator Company.
                  h.     Zurn Industries, LLC; Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products.

           2.     Standard: ASSE 1070, thermostatically controlled, water tempering valve.
           3.     Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
           4.     Body: Lead Free Brass body with corrosion-resistant interior components.
           5.     Temperature Control: Adjustable.
           6.     Inlets and Outlet: Threaded.
           7.     Finish: Rough or chrome-plated bronze.
           8.     Tempered-Water Setting: 105 deg F.
           9.     Tempered-Water Design Flow Range: 0.5 gpm to 8 gpm.


2.5        STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

      A.   Y-Pattern Strainers :

           1.     Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
           2.     Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           3.     End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           4.     Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations unless otherwise indicated.
           5.     Perforation Size:

                  a.     Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.062 inch.
                  b.     Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: 0.062 inch.
                  c.     Strainers NPS 5 and Larger: 0.125 inch.

           6.     Drain: Factory-installed, hose-end drain valve.


2.6        OUTLET BOXES

      A.   Icemaker/Coffee Machine Outlet Boxes:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                 Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                  a.     Acorn Engineering Company.
                  b.     IPS Corporation.
                  c.     LSP Products Group, Inc.
                  d.     Oatey.
                  e.     Plastic Oddities.
                  f.     Sioux Chief

           2.     Mounting: Recessed.
           3.     Material and Finish: Plastic box and faceplate. Provide fire-rated enclosure if installed in rated
                  assembly.
           4.     Faucet: Ball valve shutoff fitting complying with ASME A112.18.1. Provide ASSE 1010
                  certified water hammer arrester.


2.7        WALL HYDRANTS

      A.   Nonfreeze Wall Hydrants:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      221119 - 4
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                 Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                 a.     Josam Company.
                 b.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
                 c.     Woodford Manufacturing Company; a division of WCM Industries, Inc.

           2.    Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants.
           3.    Pressure Rating: 125 psig.
           4.    Operation: Loose key.
           5.    Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp.
           6.    Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1.
           7.    Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with
                 ASME B1.20.7.
           8.    Box: Deep, flush mounted with cover.
           9.    Box and Cover Finish: Chrome.
           10.   Outlet: Exposed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with
                 ASME B1.20.7.
           11.   Operating Keys(s): One with each wall hydrant, minimum of two for the project.


2.8        WATER-HAMMER ARRESTERS

      A.   Water-Hammer Arresters:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                 Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                 a.     AMTROL, Inc.
                 b.     Josam Company.
                 c.     Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
                 d.     Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
                 e.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
                 f.     Watts Drainage Products.
                 g.     Zurn Industries, LLC; Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Products.

           2.    Standard: ASSE 1010.
           3.    Type: Metal bellows.
           4.    Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F.


2.9        TRAP-SEAL PRIMER DEVICE

      A.   Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                 Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                 a.     MIFAB, Inc.
                 b.     Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
                 c.     Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
                 d.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
                 e.     Watts; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.; Watts Regulator Company.

           2.    Standard: ASSE 1018.
           3.    Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                              DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    221119 - 5
           4.     Body: Bronze.
           5.     Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 threaded, union, or solder joint.
           6.     Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 threaded or solder joint.
           7.     Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome
                  finished.


2.10       FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

           1.     Flex-Hose Co., Inc.
           2.     Flexicraft Industries.
           3.     Flex Pression, Ltd.
           4.     Flex-Weld Incorporated.
           5.     Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
           6.     Mercer Gasket & Shim, Inc.
           7.     Metraflex, Inc.
           8.     Proco Products, Inc.
           9.     TOZEN Corporation.
           10.    Unaflex.Universal Metal Hose; a Hyspan company.

      B.   Stainless-Steel-Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated-stainless-steel tubing with stainless-steel wire-
           braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing.

           1.     Working-Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig.
           2.     End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded steel-pipe nipple.
           3.     End Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged steel nipple.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install temperature-actuated, water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with
           shutoff valve on outlet.

      B.   Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each water pressure-reducing valve and pump.

      C.   Install outlet boxes recessed in wall. Install 2-by-4-inch fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking, wall
           reinforcement between studs. Comply with requirements for fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking in
           Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry."

      D.   Install water-hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201. Provide access door.

      E.   Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum
           of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. Provide
           access door.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                  DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221119 - 6
3.2        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Comply with requirements for ground equipment in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for
           Electrical Systems."


3.3        LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

      A.   Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or
           near each of the following:
           1.     Reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventers.
           2.     Water pressure-reducing valves.
           3.     Thermostatic, water mixing valves.


3.4        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Perform the following tests and inspections:

           1.     Test each reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventer according to authorities having
                  jurisdiction and the device's reference standard.

      B.   Domestic water piping specialties will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

      C.   Prepare test and inspection reports.


3.5        STARTUP SERVICE

      A.   Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service on all primary type
           thermostatic mixing valves.

           1.     Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.


3.6        ADJUSTING

      A.   Set field-adjustable pressure set points of water pressure-reducing valves.

      B.   Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves.

      C.   Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated, water mixing valves.


3.7        DEMONSTRATION

      A.   Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain all thermostatic mixing valves.


END OF SECTION 221119




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                  DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221119 - 7
SECTION 221316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Pipe, tube, and fittings.
           2.     Specialty pipe fittings.

      B.   Related Sections:


1.3        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure
           unless otherwise indicated:

           1.     Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water.
           2.     Waste, Force-Main Piping: 50 psig.


1.4        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


1.5        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Field quality-control reports.


1.6        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.


1.7        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Interruption of Existing Sanitary Waste Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner
           or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
           temporary service according to requirements indicated:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                      SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         221316 - 1
           1.     Notify Architect no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of sanitary waste
                  service.
           2.     Do not proceed with interruption of sanitary waste service without Architect's written permission.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PIPING MATERIALS

      A.   Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials,
           and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.


2.2        HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS

      A.   Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class(es).

      B.   Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.


2.3        HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS

      A.   Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.

      B.   CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings:

           1.     Manufacturers:     Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     ANACO-Husky.
                  b.     Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co.
                  c.     Fernco Inc.
                  d.     Matco-Norca, Inc.
                  e.     MIFAB, Inc.
                  f.     Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc.
                  g.     Stant.
                  h.     Tyler Pipe.

           2.     Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310.
           3.     Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices;
                  and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.


2.4        GALVANIZED-STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

      A.   Galvanized-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Standard Weight class. Include threaded ends
           matching joining method.

      B.   Galvanized-Cast-Iron Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.12, threaded.

      C.   Steel Pipe Pressure Fittings:




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      221316 - 2
           1.     Galvanized-Steel Pipe Nipples:      ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or
                  ASTM A 106/A 106M, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method.


2.5        Galvanized-Gray-Iron, Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern.DUCTILE-IRON
           PIPE AND FITTINGS

      A.   Ductile-Iron, Grooved-Joint Piping:

           1.     Ductile-Iron Pipe:     AWWA C151/A21.51 with round-cut-grooved ends according to
                  AWWA C606.
           2.     Ductile-Iron-Pipe Appurtenances:

                  a.      Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                          following:

                          1)      Anvil International.
                          2)      Shurjoint Piping Products.
                          3)      Star Pipe Products.
                          4)      Victaulic Company.

                  b.      Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Fittings: ASTM A 536 ductile-iron castings with dimensions
                          matching AWWA C110/A 21.10 ductile-iron pipe or AWWA C153/A 21.53 ductile-iron
                          fittings and complying with AWWA C606 for grooved ends.
                  c.      Grooved Mechanical Couplings for Ductile-Iron Pipe: ASTM F 1476, Type I. Include
                          ferrous housing sections with continuous curved keys; EPDM-rubber center-leg gasket
                          suitable for hot and cold water; and bolts and nuts.


2.6        SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS

      A.   Transition Couplings:

           1.     General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in OD's or of
                  different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined.
           2.     Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system
                  fitting.

      B.   Dielectric Fittings:

           1.     General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating
                  nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.

           2.     Dielectric Nipples:

                  a.      Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                          following:

                          1)      Elster Perfection.
                          2)      Grinnell Mechanical Products.
                          3)      Matco-Norca, Inc.
                          4)      Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
                          5)      Victaulic Company.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      221316 - 3
                  b.      Description:

                          1)     Standard: IAPMO PS 66
                          2)     Electroplated steel nipple.
                          3)     Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F.
                          4)     End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
                          5)     Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EARTH MOVING

      A.   Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Section 312000 "Earth
           Moving."


3.2        PIPING INSTALLATION

      A.   Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.
           Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump
           sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are
           approved by Engineer.

      B.   Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and
           service areas.

      C.   Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or
           parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

      D.   Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

      E.   Install piping at indicated slopes.

      F.   Install piping free of sags and bends.

      G.   Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

      H.   Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends,
           and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change
           in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if
           two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and
           crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper
           size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of
           drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.

      I.   Drain lines shall not be less than 2 inches when located below slab on grade floor.

      J.   Exterior vent terminations shall be increased to a minimum of 3 inches 1 foot below the roof or inside of
           the wall prior to the termination for frost protection. Roof vent terminations shall be atleast 2 feet from
           the roof edge, parapet or wall line.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                      SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         221316 - 4
      K.   Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and
           alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install
           required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other
           installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.

      L.   Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise
           indicated:

           1.     Sanitary Drain: 2 percent (1/4 inch per foot) downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and
                  smaller; 1 percent (1/8 inch per foot) downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger.
           2.     Vent Piping: 1 percent (1/8 inch per foot) down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

      M.   Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,"
           Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

      N.   Install steel piping according to applicable plumbing code.

      O.   Install underground, ductile-iron, force-main piping according to AWWA C600. Install buried piping
           inside building between wall and floor penetrations and connection to sanitary sewer piping outside
           building with restrained joints. Anchor pipe to wall or floor. Install thrust-block supports at vertical and
           horizontal offsets.

           1.     For corrosive soil environment install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or
                  AWWA C105/A 21.5.

      P.   Install force mains at elevations indicated.

      Q.   Plumbing Specialties:
           1.    Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping
                 Specialties."
           2.    Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for drains
                 specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

      R.   Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having
           jurisdiction.

      S.   Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
           sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

      T.   Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for
           sleeve seals specified in Section 220500 "Common Work Results for Plumbing."

      U.   Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
           escutcheons specified in Section 220500 "Common Work Results for Plumbing."


3.3        JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.   Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
           Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.

      B.   Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
           Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                     SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221316 - 5
      C.   Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full
           and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe
           fittings and valves as follows:

           1.     Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is
                  specified.
           2.     Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.
                  Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.


3.4        SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION

      A.   Transition Couplings:

           1.     Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in OD's.
           2.     In Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
           3.     In Aboveground Force Main Piping: Fitting-type transition couplings.
           4.     In Underground Force Main Piping:

                  a.      NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting-type transition couplings.

                  b.      NPS 2 and Larger: Pressure transition couplings.

      B.   Dielectric Fittings:

           1.     Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.
           2.     Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric nipples .
           3.     Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric nipples.


3.5        VALVE INSTALLATION

      A.   General valve installation requirements are specified in Section 220523 "General-Duty Valves for
           Plumbing Piping."

      B.   Shutoff Valves:

           1.     Install shutoff valve on each sewage pump discharge.
           2.     Install gate or full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 and smaller.
           3.     Install gate valve for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

      C.   Check Valves: Install swing check valve, between pump and shutoff valve, on each sewage pump
           discharge.


3.6        HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

      A.   When required comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548
           "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

      B.   Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in
           Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

           1.     Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                       SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          221316 - 6
         2.     Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments.
         3.     Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
         4.     Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:

                a.      100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.

                b.      Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
                c.      Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

         5.     Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support
                pipe rolls on trapeze.
         6.     Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

   C.    Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling.

   D.    Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

   E.    Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods.

   F.    Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
         rod diameters:

         1.     NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

         2.     NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

         3.     NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.

         4.     NPS 6 and NPS 8: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod.

         5.     NPS 10 and NPS 12: 60 inches with 7/8-inch rod.

         6.     Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60
                inches.

   G.    Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.

   H.    Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod
         diameters:

         1.     NPS 1-1/4: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

         2.     NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

         3.     NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod.

         4.     NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

         5.     NPS 3: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

         6.     NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod.

         7.     NPS 6 and NPS 8: 12 feet with 3/4-inch rod.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       221316 - 7
           8.     NPS 10 and NPS 12: 12 feet with 7/8-inch rod.

      I.   Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet.

      J.   Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written
           instructions.


3.7        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join
           dissimilar piping materials. Provide an approved two-way type grade cleanout at the connection between
           the building sanitary drain and the exterior sanitary sewerage piping.

      C.   Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:

           1.     Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by
                  plumbing code.
           2.     Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not
                  smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
           3.     Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than
                  required by plumbing code.
           4.     Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with
                  floor.
           5.     Comply with requirements for cleanouts and drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste
                  Piping Specialties."
           6.     Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union
                  for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

      D.   Connect force-main piping to the following:

           1.     Sanitary Sewer: To exterior force main.
           2.     Sewage Pump: To sewage pump discharge.

      E.   Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment.


3.8        IDENTIFICATION

      A.   Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in
           Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."


3.9        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be
           made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.

           1.     Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after
                  roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
           2.     Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests
                  specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                     SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221316 - 8
   B.    Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make
         required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

   C.    Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

   D.    Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in
         absence of published procedures, as follows:

         1.     Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered,
                extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test,
                complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
         2.     Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping
                until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was
                tested.
         3.     Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on
                completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of
                overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to
                completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.
         4.     Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with
                water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on
                roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to
                pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this
                pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period
                of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.
         5.     Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory
                results are obtained.
         6.     Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

   E.    Test force-main piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of
         published procedures, as follows:

         1.     Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced force-main piping until it
                has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.
         2.     Cap and subject piping to static-water pressure of 20 psig above operating pressure, without
                exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for
                four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
         3.     Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory
                results are obtained.
         4.     Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.


3.10     CLEANING AND PROTECTION

   A.    Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

   B.    Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to
         prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

   C.    Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      221316 - 9
3.11     PIPING SCHEDULE

   A.    This pipe schedule applies to pipe materials used within and under the building to a distance of five feet
         from the building edge. Refer to Division 33 for specification on piping beyond five feet from the
         building edge.

   B.    Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated.

   C.    Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following:

         1.     Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
         2.     Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings and sovent stack fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings;
                and coupled joints.
         3.     Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

   D.    Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 5 and larger shall be any of the following:

         1.     Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
         2.     Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings and sovent stack fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings;
                and coupled joints.
         3.     Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

   E.    Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following:

         1.     Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
         2.     Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.
         3.     Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

   F.    Aboveground, vent piping NPS 5 and larger shall be any of the following:

         1.     Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
         2.     Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.
         3.     Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

   G.    Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following:

         1.      Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
         2.     Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI cast-iron hubless-piping couplings; and coupled
                joints.
         3.     Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

   H.    Underground, soil and waste piping NPS 5 and larger shall be any of the following:

         1.     Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints.
         2.     Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI cast-iron hubless-piping couplings; coupled joints.
         3.     Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

   I.    Aboveground sanitary-sewage force mains NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 6 shall be any of the following:
         1.   Galvanized-steel pipe and threaded joints.

   J.    Underground sanitary-sewage force mains NPS2 and larger shall be any of the following:
         1.    Ductile-iron, grooved-joint piping and grooved joints.
         2.    Fitting-type transition coupling for piping smaller than NPS 1-1/2 and pressure transition coupling
               for NPS 1-1/2 and larger if dissimilar pipe materials.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     221316 - 10
END OF SECTION 221316




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools   SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                     221316 - 11
SECTION 221319 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Cleanouts.
           2.     Floor drains.
           3.     Roof flashing assemblies.
           4.     Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties.
           5.     Flashing materials.
           6.     Solids interceptors.

      B.   Related Requirements:

           1.     Section 221423 "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties" for storm drainage piping inside the building,
                  drainage piping specialties, and drains.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   HDPE: High-density polyethylene plastic.

      B.   PE: Polyethylene plastic.

      C.   PP: Polypropylene plastic.

      D.   PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.


1.4        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and
           accessories.


1.5        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For drainage piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and
           maintenance manuals.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       221319 - 1
1.6        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.


1.7        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete,
           reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

      B.   Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        CLEANOUTS

      A.   Metal Floor Cleanouts:
           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Josam Company; Josam Div.
                  b.     Oatey.
                  c.     Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
                  d.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
                  e.     Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
                  f.     Watts Drainage Products Inc.
                  g.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
                  h.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

           2.     Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for threaded, adjustable housing cleanout.
           3.     Size: Same as connected branch.
           4.     Type: Threaded, adjustable housing.
           5.     Body or Ferrule: Cast iron.
           6.     Clamping Device: As required.
           7.     Outlet Connection: Same as connected branch.
           8.     Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket .
           9.     Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads .
           10.    Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Scored nickel-bronze, copper alloy.
           11.    Frame and Cover Shape: Round or Square to best match adjacent finished surfaces.. Provide with
                  carpet flange for carpeted areas for flush installation.
           12.    Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty for standard installation locations. Heavy Duty for
                  installations in: loading docks, maintenance bays, parking garages, mechanical rooms and any
                  other spaces receiving vehicular or fork lift traffic.
           13.    Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout.

      B.   Cast-Iron Wall or Exposed Cleanouts:
           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Josam Company; Josam Div.
                  b.     MIFAB, Inc.
                  c.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; d of Smith Industries, Inc.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         221319 - 2
                  d.     Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
                  e.     Watts Drainage Products Inc.
                  f.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

           2.     Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access.
           3.     Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
           4.     Body: Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe T-branch or Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as
                  required to match connected piping.
           5.     Closure: Countersunk or raised-head, drilled-and-threaded brass plug.
           6.     Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size.
           7.     Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw.


2.2        FLOOR DRAINS

      A.   Cast-Iron Floor Drains and Equipment Room Drains:
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                  on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                  a.     Josam Company; Josam Div.
                  b.     MIFAB, Inc.
                  c.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
                  d.     Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
                  e.     Watts Drainage Products Inc.
                  f.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

           2.     Standard: ASME A112.6.3.
           3.     Pattern: Floor drain.
           4.     Body Material: Cast iron.
           5.     Seepage Flange: As required by adjacent surfaces.
           6.     Anchor Flange: As required by adjacent surfaces.
           7.     Clamping Device: As required by adjacent surfaces.
           8.     Outlet: Bottom.
           9.     Secondary Strainer: Provide a secondary strainer or sediment bucket on the equipment room
                  drains.
           10.    Top or Strainer Material: Heel Proof Nickel bronze .
           11.    Top Shape: Round or Square to best match adjacent finished surfaces..
           12.    Top Loading Classification:       Medium Duty for standard installation locations. Heavy Duty for
                  installations in: loading docks, maintenance bays, parking garages, mechanical rooms and any
                  other spaces receiving vehicular or fork lift traffic.
           13.    Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap is typical. For drains connected to a grease interceptor or a sand/oil
                  interceptor a p-trap is not required..
           14.    Trap Features: Provide trap-seal primer valve drain connection where trap primer is indicated on
                  plans..
           15.    See Drawing Schedule for information on accessories, loading classification and other
                  characteristics.

      B.   Cast-Iron Floor Sinks:

           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                  on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:

                  a.     Josam Company; Josam Div.
                  b.     MIFAB, Inc.
                  c.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
                  d.     Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                  SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221319 - 3
                  e.     Watts Drainage Products Inc.
                  f.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

           2.     Standard: ASME A112.6.3.
           3.     Pattern: Sanitary drain with removable grate and secondary dome strainer.
           4.     Body and Dome Material: Cast iron with acid-resistant porcelain enamel or epoxy coating.
           5.     Seepage Flange: As required by adjacent surfaces.
           6.     Anchor Flange: As required by adjacent surfaces.
           7.     Clamping Device: As required by adjacent surfaces.
           8.     Top or Strainer Material: Heel Proof Nickel bronze
           9.     Top Shape: Round or Square to best match adjacent finished surfaces.
           10.    Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap is typical. For drains connected to a grease interceptor or a sand/oil
                  interceptor a p-trap is not required.
           11.    Trap Features: Provide trap-seal primer valve drain connection where trap primer is indicated on
                  plans.
           12.    See Drawing Schedule for information on accessories, loading classification, grate type and other
                  characteristics.


2.3        ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES

      A.   Roof Flashing Assemblies:
           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                  a.     Acorn Engineering Company; Elmdor/Stoneman Div.
                  b.     Thaler Metal Industries Ltd.

      B.   Description: Manufactured assembly made of 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch- thick, lead flashing collar and
           skirt extending at least 6 inches from pipe, with galvanized-steel boot reinforcement and counterflashing
           fitting.

           1.     Open-Top Vent Cap: Without cap.


2.4        MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

      A.   Floor-Drain, Trap-Seal Primer Fittings:

           1.     Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap-seal primer
                  valve connection.
           2.     Size: Same as floor drain outlet with NPS 1/2 side inlet.

      B.   Air-Gap Fittings:

           1.     Standard: ASME A112.1.2, for fitting designed to ensure fixed, positive air gap between installed
                  inlet and outlet piping.
           2.     Body: Bronze or cast iron.
           3.     Inlet: Opening in top of body.
           4.     Outlet: Larger than inlet.
           5.     Size: Same as connected waste piping and with inlet large enough for associated indirect waste
                  piping.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                  SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221319 - 4
2.5        FLASHING MATERIALS

      A.   Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and
           thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated:

           1.     General Use: 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch thickness.

      B.   Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152/B 152M, of the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless
           otherwise indicated:

           1.     General Applications: 12 oz./sq. ft..

      C.   Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil minimum thickness.

      D.   Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened.

      E.   Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required
           for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed.

      F.   Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy.

      G.   Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic.


2.6        SOLIDS INTERCEPTORS

      A.   Solids Interceptors:
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                  on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:

                  a.     Josam Company; Josam Div.
                  b.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
                  c.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

           2.     Type: Factory-fabricated interceptor made for removing and retaining sediment from wastewater.
           3.     Body Material: Stainless steel.
           4.     Interior Separation Device: Screens.
           5.     Interior Lining: Corrosion-resistant enamel.
           6.     Exterior Coating: Corrosion-resistant enamel.
           7.     Mounting: Above floor.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless
           otherwise indicated:

           1.     Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger
                  cleanout is indicated.
           2.     Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      221319 - 5
         3.     Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger
                piping.
         4.     Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.

   B.    For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor.

   C.    For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with
         frame and cover flush with finished wall. Cleanout shall be located 4 to 6 inches above the finished floor
         unless cleanout would fall behind permanent casework, then locate to 4 feet 6 inches above the floor.

   D.    Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished
         floor, unless otherwise indicated.

         1.     Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.
         2.     Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with
                grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii:

                a.      Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-inch total
                        depression.
                b.      Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope.
                c.      Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1-inch total
                        depression.

         3.     Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining
                flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated.
         4.     Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise
                indicated.

   E.    Assemble channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install
         on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface.

   F.    Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. Increase
         exterior vent size as specified in Section 221316 “Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping.”

   G.    Install deep-seal traps on floor drains and other waste outlets, if indicated.

   H.    Install floor-drain, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap-seal primer
         connection.

         1.     Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection.
         2.     Size: Same as floor drain inlet.

   I.    Install air-gap fittings on draining-type backflow preventers and on indirect-waste piping discharge into
         sanitary drainage system.

   J.    Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane.

   K.    Install expansion joints on vertical stacks and conductors. Position expansion joints for easy access and
         maintenance.

   L.    Install solids interceptors with cleanout immediately downstream from interceptors that do not have
         integral cleanout on outlet. Install trap on interceptors that do not have integral trap and are connected to
         sanitary drainage and vent systems.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         221319 - 6
      M.   Install wood-blocking reinforcement for wall-mounting-type specialties.

      N.   Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated.


3.2        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation
           requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.


3.3        FLASHING INSTALLATION

      A.   Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join
           flashing according to the following if required:

           1.     Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch thickness or thicker. Solder
                  joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch thickness or thinner.
           2.     Copper Sheets: Solder joints of copper sheets.

      B.   Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs
           with waterproof membrane.

           1.     Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches, and skirt or
                  flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe.
           2.     Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve.
           3.     Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around
                  specialty.

      C.   Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement.

      D.   Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device.

      E.   Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made roof flashing
           assembly, according to Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

      F.   Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes.


3.4        LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

      A.   Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or
           near each of the following:
           1.     Oil interceptors.
           2.     Solids interceptors.


3.5        PROTECTION

      A.   Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent
           damage from traffic or construction work.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         221319 - 7
   B.    Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.


END OF SECTION 221319




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                              SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    221319 - 8
SECTION 221423 - STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Roof drains.
           2.     Miscellaneous storm drainage piping specialties.
           3.     Cleanouts.
           4.     Flashing materials.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        METAL ROOF DRAINS

      A.   Cast-Iron, Large-Sump, General-Purpose Roof and Overflow Roof Drains:
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                  Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                  a.     Josam Company.
                  b.     MIFAB, Inc.
                  c.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
                  d.     Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                  e.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

           2.     Standard: ASME A112.6.4, for general-purpose roof drains.
           3.     Body Material: Cast iron.
           4.     Dimension of Body: Nominal 14-inch diameter.
           5.     Combination Flashing Ring and Gravel Stop: Required.
           6.     Outlet: Bottom.
           7.     Extension Collars: As required to match adjacent insulation thickness.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                  STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        221423 - 1
           8.    Underdeck Clamp: Required.
           9.    Dome Material: Cast iron.
           10.   Water Dam: Required on all overflow drain applications, dam shall be 2 inches high.


2.2        MISCELLANEOUS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

      A.   Downspout Nozzles:

           1.    Description: Bronze body with threaded inlet and bronze wall flange with mounting holes.
           2.    Size: Same as connected conductor.


2.3        CLEANOUTS

      A.   Floor Cleanouts:

           1.    Manufacturers:   Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                 a.     Josam Company.
                 b.     Oatey.
                 c.     Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
                 d.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
                 e.     Tyler Pipe.
                 f.     Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                 g.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Products Operation.
                 h.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

           2.    Standard: ASME A112.36.2M, for threaded, adjustable housing cleanouts.
           3.    Size: Same as connected branch.
           4.    Type: Threaded, adjustable housing.
           5.    Body or Ferrule Material: Cast iron.
           6.    Clamping Device: As required.
           7.    Outlet Connection: Same as connected branch.
           8.    Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket.
           9.    Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads.
           10.   Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Scored nickel-bronze, copper alloy.
           11.   Frame and Cover Shape: Round or Square to best match adjacent finished surfaces. Provide with
                 carpet flange for carpeted areas for flush installation..
           12.   Top-Loading Classification:      Medium Duty for standard installation locations. Heavy Duty for
                 installations in: loading docks, maintenance bays, parking garages, mechanical rooms and any
                 other spaces receiving vehicular or fork lift traffic.
           13.   Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout.

      B.   Wall or Exposed Cleanouts:

           1.    Manufacturers:   Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                 a.     Josam Company.
                 b.     MIFAB, Inc.
                 c.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
                 d.     Tyler Pipe.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                              STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    221423 - 2
                  e.     Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                  f.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

           2.     Standard: ASME A112.36.2M, for cleanouts. Include wall access.
           3.     Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
           4.     Body Material: Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil-pipe T-branch or Hubless, cast-iron soil-pipe test
                  tee as required to match connected piping.
           5.     Closure: Countersunk or raised-head, drilled-and-threaded brass plug.
           6.     Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size.
           7.     Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw.


2.4        FLASHING MATERIALS

      A.   Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing.

      B.   Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152/B 152M,12 oz./sq. ft..

      C.   Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil minimum thickness.

      D.   Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened.

      E.   Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required
           for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed.

      F.   Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install roof drains at low points of roof areas according to roof membrane manufacturer's written
           installation instructions.

           1.     Install flashing collar or flange of roof drain to prevent leakage between drain and adjoining
                  roofing. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated.
           2.     Install expansion joints, if indicated, in roof drain outlets.
           3.     Position roof drains for easy access and maintenance.

      B.   Install downspout nozzles at exposed bottom of conductors where they spill onto grade.

      C.   Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following instructions
           unless otherwise indicated:

           1.     Use cleanouts the same size as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping
                  unless larger cleanout is indicated.
           2.     Locate cleanouts at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.
           3.     Locate cleanouts at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for
                  larger piping.
           4.     Locate cleanouts at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.

      D.   For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         221423 - 3
      E.   For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with
           frame and cover flush with finished wall. Cleanout shall be located 4 to 6 inches above the finished floor
           unless cleanout would fall behind permanent casework, then locate to 4 feet 6 inches above the floor.

      F.   Install test tees in vertical conductors and near floor.

      G.   Install wall cleanouts in vertical conductors. Install access door in wall if indicated.

      H.   Assemble channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install
           on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface.

      I.   Install sleeve flashing device with each conductor passing through floors with waterproof membrane.


3.2        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 221413 "Facility Storm Drainage Piping."
           Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.


3.3        FLASHING INSTALLATION

      A.   Fabricate flashing from single piece of metal unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are
           required. Join flashing according to the following if required:

           1.     Lead Sheets: Burn joints of 6.0-lb/sq. ft. lead sheets, 0.0938-inch thickness or thicker. Solder
                  joints of 4.0-lb/sq. ft. lead sheets, 0.0625-inch thickness or thinner.
           2.     Copper Sheets: Solder joints of copper sheets.

      B.   Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs
           with waterproof membrane.

           1.     Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching the pipe size, with a minimum length of 10 inches and with
                  skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe.
           2.     Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve.
           3.     Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around
                  specialty.

      C.   Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement.

      D.   Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device.

      E.   Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes.


3.4        PROTECTION

      A.   Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent
           damage from traffic or construction work.

      B.   Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.


END OF SECTION 221423

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          221423 - 4
SECTION 221429 - SUMP PUMPS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Submersible sump pumps.
           2.     Packaged drainage-pump units.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics,
           electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories.

      B.   Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

      C.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps and controls, to include in operation and maintenance
           manuals.


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a
           qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

      B.   UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps.


1.5        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage.

      B.   Protect bearings and couplings against damage.

      C.   Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                       SUMP PUMPS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       221429 - 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS

      A.   Submersible, Fixed-Position, Single-Seal Sump Pumps:
           1.   Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                Drawings or comparable product by one of the following or equivalent:

                 a.     Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Corporation.
                 b.     Goulds Pumps; ITT Corporation.
                 c.     Grundfos Pumps Corp.
                 d.     Stancor, Inc.
                 e.     Weil Pump Company, Inc.
                 f.     Zoeller Company.

           2.    Description: Factory-assembled and -tested sump-pump unit.
           3.    Pump Type:         Submersible, end-suction, single-stage, close-coupled, overhung-impeller,
                 centrifugal sump pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.
           4.    Pump Casing: Cast iron, with strainer inlet, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller,
                 and vertical discharge for piping connection.
           5.    Impeller: Statically and dynamically balanced, ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class No. 25 A cast iron
                 design for clear wastewater handling, and keyed and secured to shaft.
           6.    Pump and Motor Shaft: Stainless steel or steel, with factory-sealed, grease-lubricated ball
                 bearings.
           7.    Seal: Mechanical.
           8.    Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type; with built-in overload protection; lifting eye or
                 lug; and three-conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with grounding plug and
                 cable-sealing assembly for connection at pump.

                 a.     Motor Housing Fluid: Oil.

           9.    Controls:

                 a.     Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X.
                 b.     Switch Type: Pedestal-mounted float switch with float rods and rod buttons.
                 c.     Float Guides: Pipe or other restraint for floats and rods in basins of depth greater than 60
                        inches.
                 d.     Oil-Minder Control System: Built-in visual and audible alarm at panel with additional
                        contact for remote alarm.

           10.   Control-Interface Features:

                 a.     Remote Alarm Contacts: For remote alarm interface.
                 b.     Building Automation System Interface: Auxiliary contacts in pump controls for interface
                        to building automation system and capable of providing the following:

                        1)     On-off status of pump.
                        2)     Alarm status.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                          SUMP PUMPS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          221429 - 2
2.2        MOTORS

      A.   Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency
           requirements for motors specified in Division 22 Section "Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing
           Equipment."

           1.     Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not
                  require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.
           2.     Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and
                  connections specified in Division 26 Sections.

      B.   Motors for submersible pumps shall be hermetically sealed.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine roughing-in for plumbing piping to verify actual locations of storm drainage piping connections
           before sump pump installation.


3.2        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install all pumps and sumps according to manufacturers recommendations.


3.3         CONNECTIONS

      A.   Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.


3.4        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and
           adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.

      B.   Perform tests and inspections.

           1.     Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect
                  components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in
                  testing.

      C.   Tests and Inspections:

           1.     Perform each visual and mechanical inspection.
           2.     Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no
                  leaks exist.
           3.     Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor
                  rotation and unit operation.
           4.     Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
                  equipment.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                            SUMP PUMPS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            221429 - 3
      D.   Pumps and controls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

      E.   Prepare test and inspection reports.


3.5        STARTUP SERVICE

      A.   Perform startup service.

           1.     Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.


3.6        ADJUSTING

      A.   Adjust pumps to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer.

      B.   Adjust control set points.


3.7        DEMONSTRATION

      A.   Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain controls and pumps.


END OF SECTION 221429




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                              SUMP PUMPS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              221429 - 4
SECTION 223300 - ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following electric water heaters:
           1.     Commercial, storage electric water heaters.
           2.     Water heater accessories.

1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type and size of water heater indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
           characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.

      B.   Shop Drawings:

      C.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For electric water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and
           maintenance manuals.

      D.   Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of electric water heaters
           and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements."

      B.   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
           Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
           use.

      C.   ASME Compliance: Where indicated, fabricate and label commercial water heater storage tanks to
           comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1.

      D.   Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for
           all components that will be in contact with potable water.

1.5        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with Architectural and Structural Drawings.

1.6        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
           components of electric water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
           period.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                 ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      223300 - 1
           1.     Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Structural failures including storage tank and supports.
                  b.     Faulty operation of controls.
                  c.     Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use.

           2.     Warranty Period(s): From date of Substantial Completion:

                  a.     Commercial Electric Water Heaters:

                         1)      Storage Tank: Five years.
                         2)      Controls and Other Components: Two years.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product
           selection:
           1.      Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                   manufacturers specified.

2.2        COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

      A.   Commercial, Storage Electric Water Heaters: Comply with UL 1453 requirements for storage-tank-type
           water heaters.

           1.     Manufacturers:

                  a.     American Water Heater Company.
                  b.     Bradford White Corporation.
                  c.     Cemline Corporation.
                  d.     Lochinvar Corporation.
                  e.     PVI Industries, LLC.
                  f.     Smith, A. O. Water Products Company.
                  g.     State Industries, Inc.

           2.     Storage-Tank Construction: ASME-code, steel vertical arrangement.

                  a.     Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank and piping connections.
                         Attach tappings to tank before testing.

                         1)      NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.

                         2)      NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel and
                                 stainless-steel flanges, and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy
                                 flanges.

                  b.     Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
                  c.     Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable-water tank linings,
                         including extending lining material into tappings.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        223300 - 2
           3.     Factory-Installed Storage-Tank Appurtenances:

                  a.     Anode Rod: Replaceable magnesium.
                  b.     Drain Valve: Corrosion-resistant metal complying with ASSE 1005.
                  c.     Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
                  d.     Jacket: Steel with enameled finish.
                  e.     Heating Elements: Electric, screw-in or bolt-on immersion type arranged in multiples of
                         three.

                         1)     Staging: Input not exceeding 18 kW per step.

                  f.     Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat.
                  g.     Safety Controls: High-temperature-limit and low-water cutoff devices or systems.
                  h.     Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3, for
                         combination temperature and pressure relief valves. Include one or more relief valves with
                         total relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than
                         water heater working-pressure rating. Select one relief valve with sensing element that
                         extends into storage tank.

           4.     Special Requirements: NSF 5 construction.

2.3        WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES

      A.   Combination Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with
           ASME PTC 25.3. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting
           less than water heater working-pressure rating. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into
           storage tank.

      B.   Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated steel bracket for wall
           mounting and capable of supporting water heater and water.

      C.   Drain Pans: Corrosion-resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of water
           heater and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4.

      D.   Water Regulators: ASSE 1003, water-pressure reducing valve. Set at 25-psig- maximum outlet pressure,
           unless otherwise indicated.

      E.   Shock Absorbers: ASSE 1010 or PDI WH 201, Size A water hammer arrester.

2.4        SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Test and inspect water heater storage tanks, specified to be ASME-code construction, according to ASME
           Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

      B.   Hydrostatically test commercial water heater storage tanks before shipment to minimum of one and one-
           half times pressure rating.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1        WATER HEATER INSTALLATION

      A.   Install commercial water heaters on concrete bases.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                   ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        223300 - 3
           1.     Exception: Omit concrete bases for commercial water heaters if installation on stand, bracket,
                  suspended platform, or direct on floor is indicated.
           2.     Concrete base construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work
                  Results for Plumbing."

      B.   Install water heaters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced
           standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices
           needing service are accessible.

      C.   Install combination temperature and pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief
           valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend commercial-water-heater relief-valve outlet,
           with drain piping same as domestic water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by
           positive air gap onto closest floor drain.

      D.   Install combination temperature and pressure relief valves in water piping for water heaters without
           storage. Extend commercial-water-heater relief-valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic water
           piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain.

      E.   Install water-heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor
           drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water piping for water heaters that do not have tank
           drains. Refer to Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for hose-end drain valves.

      F.   Install thermometer on outlet piping of water heaters. Refer to Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages
           for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers.

      G.   Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping of household, collector-to-tank, solar-electric water
           heaters. Refer to Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers.

      H.   Fill water heaters with water.

3.2        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general
           arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   Install piping adjacent to water heaters to allow service and maintenance. Arrange piping for easy
           removal of water heaters.

      C.   Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

      D.   Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
           Cables."

3.3        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and
           adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results in
           writing.

      B.   Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

           1.     Leak Test: After installation, test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
           2.     Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, confirm proper operation.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         223300 - 4
         3.     Test and adjust controls and safeties.      Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
                equipment.

   C.    Remove and replace water heaters that do not pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above.


END OF SECTION 223300




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     223300 - 5
SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES


PART 1 -        GENERAL

1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related components:

           1.     Faucets for lavatories and sinks.
           2.     Flushometers.
           3.     Toilet seats.
           4.     Protective shielding guards.
           5.     Fixture supports.
           6.     Dishwasher air-gap fittings.
           7.     Disposers.
           8.     Water closets.
           9.     Lavatories.
           10.    Commercial sinks.
           11.    Service sinks.

      B.   Related Sections include the following:

           1.     Division 10 Section "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories."
           2.     Division 22 Section "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for backflow preventers not included in
                  this Section.
           3.     Division 22 Section “Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for floor drains, and specialty fixtures
                  not included in this Section

1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.

      B.   Accessible Fixture:    Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with
           disabilities.

      C.   Cast Polymer: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material. This material includes cultured-marble and solid-
           surface materials.

      D.   Cultured Marble: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material with surface coating.

      E.   Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in
           this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub spouts, drains and
           tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are included where indicated.

      F.   FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                      PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                             224000 - 1
      G.   PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic.

      H.   PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

      I.   Solid Surface: Nonporous, homogeneous, cast-polymer-plastic material with heat-, impact-, scratch-, and
           stain-resistance qualities.

1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and trim, fittings,
           accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials and finishes,
           dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.

      C.   Operation and Maintenance Data:        For plumbing fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and
           maintenance manuals.

      D.   Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through
           one source from a single manufacturer.

           1.     Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer,
                  obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category.

      B.   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
           Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
           use.

      C.   Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings
           and Facilities"and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act";] for plumbing fixtures for
           people with disabilities.

      D.   Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act,"
           about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.

      E.   NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for fixture
           materials that will be in contact with potable water.

      F.   Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible.

      G.   Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures:

           1.     Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.
           2.     Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M.
           3.     Solid-Surface-Material Lavatories and Sinks: ANSI/ICPA SS-1.
           4.     Stainless-Steel Commercial, Handwash Sinks: NSF 2 construction.
           5.     Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M.
           6.     Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5.
           7.     Water-Closet, Flushometer Tank Trim: ASSE 1037.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                        PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                               224000 - 2
      H.   Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory and sink
           faucets:

           1.    Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M.
           2.    Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME A112.18.3M.
           3.    Diverter Valves for Faucets with Hose Spray: ASSE 1025.
           4.    Faucets: ASME A112.18.1.
           5.    Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011.
           6.    Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
           7.    Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
           8.    Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
           9.    Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951.
           10.   Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1.
           11.   Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.

      I.   Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous
           fittings:

           1.    Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
           2.    Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1.
           3.    Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021.
           4.    Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037.
           5.    Plastic Tubular Fittings: ASTM F 409.
           6.    Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.
           7.    Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951.

      J.   Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous
           components:

           1.    Disposers: ASSE 1008 and UL 430.
           2.    Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021.
           3.    Flexible Water Connectors: ASME A112.18.6.
           4.    Floor Drains: ASME A112.6.3.
           5.    Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
           6.    Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.
           7.    Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
           8.    Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5.
           9.    Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.

1.6        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranties: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
           components of whirlpools that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

           1.    Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
                 a.     Structural failures of unit shell.
                 b.     Faulty operation of controls, blowers, pumps, heaters, and timers.
                 c.     Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use.

           2.    Warranty Period for Commercial Applications: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                     PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            224000 - 3
1.7        EXTRA MATERIALS

      A.   Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with
           protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

           1.     Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed.
           2.     Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed.
           3.     Flushometer Valve, Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no
                  fewer than 5 of each type.
           4.     Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate compartments for
                  each type and size of extra materials listed above.
           5.     Flushometer Tank, Repair Kits: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer
                  than 2 of each type.
           6.     Water-Closet Tank, Repair Kits: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed.
           7.     Toilet Seats: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed.


PART 2 -        PRODUCTS

2.1        LAVATORY FAUCETS

      A.   Lavatory Faucets,:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                 on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                 a.     Chicago Faucets.
                        Description: Two-handle mixing valve. Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate
                        faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture
                        receptor. Provide point-of-use thermal mixing valve; ASSE 1070.

2.2        SINK FAUCETS

      A.   Sink Faucets,:
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                  on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                  a.      Chicago Faucets.
                  b.      Description: Kitchen faucet without spray. Include hot- and cold-water indicators;
                          coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout and
                          fixture receptor.

2.3        FLUSHOMETERS

      A.   Flushometers,:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                 on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                 a.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Commercial Brass Operation.
                 b.     Sloan Valve Company
                 c.     Description: Flushometer for urinal or water-closet-type fixture. Include brass body with
                        corrosion-resistant internal components, control stop with check valve, vacuum breaker,
                        copper or brass tubing, and polished chrome-plated finish on exposed parts.

2.4        TOILET SEATS

      A.   Toilet Seats,:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                     PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            224000 - 4
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                  on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                  a.     Bemis Manufacturing Company.
                  b.     Olsonite Corp.
                  c.     Sanderson Plumbing Products, Inc.; Beneke Div.

2.5        PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS

      A.   Protective Shielding Pipe Covers,:

           1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
                  a.    Engineered Brass Co.
                  b.    Insul-Tect Products Co.; a Subsidiary of MVG Molded Products.
                  c.    McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc.
                  d.    Plumberex Specialty Products Inc.
                  e.    TCI Products.
                  f.    TRUEBRO, Inc.
                  g.    Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation.

           2.     Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-water
                  supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
                  requirements.

      B.   Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures,:

           1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
                  a.    TRUEBRO, Inc.

           2.     Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-water
                  supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements.

2.6        FIXTURE SUPPORTS

      A.   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     Josam Company.
           2.     MIFAB Manufacturing Inc.
           3.     Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
           4.     Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
           5.     Watts Drainage Products Inc.; a div. of Watts Industries, Inc.
           6.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2.7        DISHWASHER AIR-GAP FITTINGS

      A.   Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings,:

           1.     Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
                  a.    B & K Industries, Inc.
                  b.    Brass Craft Mfg. Co.; a Subsidiary of Masco Corporation.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                   PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          224000 - 5
                  c.     Brasstech Inc.; Newport Brass Div.
                  d.     Dearborn Brass; a div. of Moen, Inc.
                  e.     Geberit Manufacturing, Inc.
                  f.     JB Products; a Federal Process Corporation Company.
                  g.     Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
                  h.     Watts Brass & Tubular; a division of Watts Regulator Co.

           2.     Hoses: Rubber and suitable for temperature of at least 140 deg F.
                  a.    Inlet Hose: 5/8-inch ID and 48 inches long.
                  b.    Outlet Hose: 7/8-inch ID and 48 inches long.

2.8        DISPOSERS

      A.   Disposers,:
           1.
           2.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                 on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                 a.     In-Sink-Erator; a div. of Emerson Electric Co.
                 b.     Description: Continuous-feed household, food-waste disposer. Include reset button; wall
                        switch; corrosion-resistant chamber with jam-resistant, cutlery- or stainless-steel grinder or
                        shredder; NPS 1-1/2 outlet; quick-mounting, stainless-steel sink flange; antisplash guard;
                        and combination cover/stopper.

2.9        WATER CLOSETS

      A.   Water Closets,:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                 on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                 a.     American Standard Companies, Inc.
                 b.     Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
                 c.     Kohler Co.
                 d.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Commercial Brass Operation.
                 e.     Description: Accessible, floor-mounting, floor-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed for
                        flushometer valve operation.

2.10       LAVATORIES

      A.   Lavatories,:
           1.    Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                 on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                 a.     American Standard Companies, Inc.
                 b.     Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
                 c.     Kohler Co.

           2.     Description: Accessible, wall-mounting, vitreous-china fixture.

2.11       COMMERCIAL SINKS

      A.   Commercial Sinks,:
           1.  Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
               on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
               a.      Elkay Manufacturing Co.
               b.      Just Manufacturing Company.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                       PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              224000 - 6
           2.     Description: One or two-compartment, counter-mounting, stainless-steel commercial sink with
                  backsplash.

2.12       SERVICE BASINS

      A.   Service Basins,:
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated
                  on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
                  a.     Acorn Engineering Company.
                  b.     Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
                  c.     Florestone Products Co., Inc.
                  d.     Precast Terrazzo Enterprises, Inc.
                  e.     Stern-Williams Co., Inc.
                  f.     Mustee, E. L. & Sons, Inc.
                  g.     Swan Corporation (The).
                  h.     Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.

           2.     Description: Flush-to-wall, floor-mounting, precast terrazzo fixture with rim guard.


PART 3 -        EXECUTION

3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual
           locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation.

      B.   Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed.

      C.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2        INSTALLATION

      A.   Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written
           instructions.

      B.   Install off-floor supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounting fixtures.

           1.     Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures.
           2.     Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping.
           3.     Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures.

      C.   Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate.

      D.   Install wall-mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.

      E.   Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework.

      F.   Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.

      G.   Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution
           piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in
           locations where they can be easily reached for operation.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                          PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                 224000 - 7
           1.     Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with fixture. Valves
                  are specified in Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping."

      H.   Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary
           drainage system.

      I.   Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage system.

      J.   Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of
           compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach.

      K.   Install toilet seats on water closets.

      L.   Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not
           available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.

      M.   Install water-supply flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves.

      N.   Install faucet flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not
           available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.

      O.   Install traps on fixture outlets.

           1.     Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps.
           2.     Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.

      P.   Install disposer in outlet of each sink indicated to have disposer. Install switch where indicated or in wall
           adjacent to sink if location is not indicated.

      Q.   Install dishwasher air-gap fitting at each sink indicated to have air-gap fitting. Install below sink.
           Connect inlet hose to dishwasher and outlet hose to disposer.

      R.   Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets
           and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Escutcheons are
           specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing."

      S.   Set service basins in leveling bed of cement grout. Grout is specified in Division 22 Section "Common
           Work Results for Plumbing."

      T.   Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-
           resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in Division 07
           Section "Joint Sealants."

3.3        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general
           arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

      B.   Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use
           size fittings required to match fixtures.

      C.   Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                          PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                 224000 - 8
      D.   Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
           Cables."

3.4        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed.

      B.   Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components.

      C.   Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.

      D.   Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning
           fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly.

      E.   Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.

3.5        ADJUSTING

      A.   Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and
           controls.

      B.   Operate and adjust disposers and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls.

      C.   Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream.

      D.   Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.

3.6        CLEANING

      A.   Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and
           materials. Do the following:

           1.     Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and
                  spouts.
           2.     Remove sediment and debris from drains.

      B.   After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings, inspect exposed
           finishes and repair damaged finishes.

3.7        PROTECTION

      A.   Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.

      B.   Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.


END OF SECTION 224000




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                         PLUMBING FIXTURES
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                224000 - 9
SECTION 224716 - PRESSURE WATER COOLERS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes pressure water coolers and related components.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of pressure water cooler.

           1.     Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and
                  profiles, and finishes.
           2.     Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished
                  specialties and accessories.


1.4        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Maintenance Data: For pressure water coolers to include in maintenance manuals.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PRESSURE WATER COOLERS

      A.   Pressure Water Coolers: Wall mounted , wheelchair accessible.
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                  Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                  a.     Elkay Manufacturing Co.
                  b.     Halsey Taylor.
                  c.     Haws Corporation.
                  d.     Larco Inc.
                  e.     Tri Palm International, LLC; Oasis Brand.
                  f.     Tri Palm International, LLC; Sunroc Brand.

           2.     Cabinet: As indicated on the drawings Single or Bi-level , all stainless steel .
           3.     Bubbler: One, with adjustable stream regulator, located on each cabinet deck.
           4.     Control: Push bar.
           5.     Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/4 tailpiece.
           6.     Supply: NPS 3/8 with shutoff valve.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                PRESSURE WATER COOLERS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            224716 - 1
           7.     Waste Fitting: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2, NPS 1-1/4 brass P-trap.
           8.     Cooling System: Electric, with hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, air-cooled
                  condensing unit, corrosion-resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion-resistant-metal storage tank, and
                  adjustable thermostat.

                  a.      Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
                          NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

           9.     Support: ASME A112.6.1M, Type I water-cooler carrier.
           10.    See Drawing Schedule for Capacities and Characteristics:


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine roughing-in for water-supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual
           locations of piping connections before fixture installation.

      B.   Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed.

      C.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. For fixtures indicated for children,
           install at height required by authorities having jurisdiction.

      B.   Install off-the-floor carrier supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounted fixtures.

      C.   Install mounting frames, affixed to building construction, and attach recessed, pressure water coolers to
           mounting frames.

      D.   Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be connected to sanitary drainage system.

      E.   Seal joints between fixtures and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant.
           Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200
           "Joint Sealants."


3.3        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use
           size fittings required to match fixtures.

      B.   Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping."

      C.   Install ball shutoff valve on water supply to each fixture. Install valves in locations where they can be
           easily reached for operation. Comply with valve requirements specified in Section 220523 "General-
           Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping."




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                  PRESSURE WATER COOLERS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              224716 - 2
      D.   Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent
           Piping."


3.4        ADJUSTING

      A.   Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height.

      B.   Adjust pressure water-cooler temperature settings, nominal temperature shall be 50ºF.


3.5        CLEANING

      A.   After installing fixture, inspect unit. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair
           damaged finish to match original finish.

      B.   Clean fixtures, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      C.   Provide protective covering for installed fixtures.

      D.   Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.


END OF SECTION 224716




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                PRESSURE WATER COOLERS
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            224716 - 3
SECTION 230513 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small
           and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at
           equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation.


1.3        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following:

           1.     Motor controllers.
           2.     Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load.
           3.     Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence.
           4.     Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each motor installed on the job provide submittal documentation showing motor
           efficiencies.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in HVAC
           equipment schedules or Sections.

      B.   Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Where commercially available, motors rated 5 HP and larger shall have a power factor of not less than 90
           percent under rated load conditions. Where not commercially available, power factors shall be capacitor
           corrected by the equipment manufacturer to at least 90 percent under rated load conditions.

      D.   All motors shall be NEMA Premium-Efficient type.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                230513 - 1
2.2        MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS

      A.   Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of [5500 feet] [3300 feet]
           above sea level.

      B.   Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at
           designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without
           exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.


2.3        POLYPHASE MOTORS

      A.   Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.

      B.   Efficiency: Premium-Efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.

      C.   Service Factor: 1.15.

      D.   Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.

      E.   Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.

      F.   Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating.

      G.   Insulation: Class F .

      H.   Code Letter Designation:

           1.     Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G.
           2.     Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.

      I.   Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes
           smaller than 324T .


2.4        POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller
           with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method.

      B.   Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated
           with and approved by controller manufacturer.

           1.     Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to
                  resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width
                  modulated inverters.
           2.     Premium-Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation.
           3.     Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation.
           4.     Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                    COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230513 - 2
2.5        SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS

      A.   Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of
           specific motor application:

           1.    Permanent-split capacitor.
           2.    Split phase.
           3.    Capacitor start, inductor run.
           4.    Capacitor start, capacitor run.

      B.   Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.

      C.   Bearings:   Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust
           loading.

      D.   Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.

      E.   Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when
           winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-
           protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range.


PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)


END OF SECTION 230513




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                              230513 - 3
SECTION 230517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Sleeves.
           2.     Sleeve-seal systems.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        SLEEVES

      A.   Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar;
           zinc coated. Provide with integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with
           plain ends.

      C.   PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.


2.2        SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
           2.     CALPICO, Inc.
           3.     Metraflex Company (The).
           4.     Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
           5.     Proco Products, Inc.

      B.   Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between
           piping and sleeve.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                       SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230517 - 1
           1.     Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type
                  and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
           2.     Pressure Plates: Plastic .
           3.     Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, or Stainless steel of
                  length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        SLEEVE INSTALLATION

      A.   Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls.

      B.   It is this contractor’s responsibility to accurately set necessary sleeves for pipe before erection of
           structure. This Contractor is responsible for the correct size and location of all openings including
           coordination with the other trades.

      C.   Each sleeve shall be utilized for only one pipe. Block outs for multiple pipes or individual pipes are not
           allowed unless indicated on the Drawings or approved by the Architect.

      D.   On insulated systems install sleeves to allow for continuous insulation where sleeve-seals are not
           required.

      E.   For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-
           inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls.

           1.     Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.

      F.   Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are
           constructed.
           1.      Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

                  a.      Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet
                          areas 2 inches above finished floor level.

      G.   Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior cast concrete or CMU partitions.

           1.     Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
           2.     Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and
                  pipe or pipe insulation.
           3.     Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate
                  for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in
                  Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."

      H.   Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe
           penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials or approved firestop sleeve-seal. Comply
           with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."


3.2        SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION

      A.   Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping
           entries into building.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                           SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230517 - 2
      B.   Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID
           or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal
           system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against
           pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal.


3.3        SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE

      A.   Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications:

           1.     Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade:

                  a.     Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 : Galvanized-steel wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system.

                         1)      Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve
                                 for installing sleeve-seal system.
                         2)      Provide water stop.

                  b.     Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized-steel wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system.

                         1)      Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve
                                 for installing sleeve-seal system.
                         2)      Provide water stop.

           2.     Concrete Slabs-on-Grade:

                  a.     Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 : Galvanized-steel wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system.

                         1)      Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve
                                 for installing sleeve-seal system.
                         2)      Provide water stop.

                  b.     Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized-steel wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system .

                         1)      Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve
                                 for installing sleeve-seal system.
                         2)      Provide water stop.

           3.     Concrete Slabs above Grade:

                  a.     Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 : Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves .
                  b.     Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves.

           4.     Interior Partitions:

                  a.     Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 : Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves .
                  b.     Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized-steel-sheet sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves.


END OF SECTION 230517




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     230517 - 3
SECTION 230518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Escutcheons.
           2.     Floor plates.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        ESCUTCHEONS

      A.   One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw and chrome-plated finish.

      B.   Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw, and chrome-plated finish.


2.2        FLOOR PLATES

      A.   Split-Casting, Floor Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors.

      B.   Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that
           completely covers opening.

           1.     Escutcheons for New Piping:

           2.     New Piping:

                  a.      Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set
                          screw and polished chrome finish.
                  b.      Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw and polished chrome finish.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           230518 - 1
                  c.     Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type
                         with polished chrome-plated finish.
                  d.     Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece or split-casting, cast-
                         brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
                  e.     Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with chrome
                         polished finish.
                  f.     Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw and
                         polished chrome finish.
                  g.     Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type.

           3.     Existing Piping: Use the following:

                  a.     Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
                  b.     Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge, set screw and
                         polished chrome finish.
                  c.     Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass
                         type with chrome-plated finish.
                  d.     Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with
                         chrome-plated finish.
                  e.     Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with polished
                         chrome finish.
                  f.     Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type with polished chrome
                         finish.
                  g.     Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, floor-plate type.

      C.   Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that
           completely covers opening.


3.2        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials.


END OF SECTION 230518




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                       ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       230518 - 2
SECTION 230519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Light-activated thermometers.
           2.     Thermowells.
           3.     Dial-type pressure gages.
           4.     Gage attachments.
           5.     Test plugs.
           6.     Test-plug kits.
           7.     Orifice flowmeters.
           8.     Turbine flowmeters.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.     Division 23 Section "Facility Natural-Gas Piping" for gas meters.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.


1.4        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and maintenance
           manuals.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        LIGHT-ACTIVATED THERMOMETERS

      A.   Direct-Mounted, Light-Activated Thermometers:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230519230519 - 1
                 a.       Rochester Gauges, Inc.
                 b.       Taylor USA
                 c.       Trerice, H. O. Co.
                 d.       Weiss Instruments, Inc.

           2.    Case: Cast Aluminum; 9-inch nominal size unless otherwise indicated.
           3.    Scale(s): Deg F.
           4.    Case Form: Adjustable angle .
           5.    Connector: 1-1/4 inches, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
           6.    Stem: Aluminum and of length to suit installation.
                 a.     Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem.

           7.    Display: Digital.
           8.    Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 deg F.


2.2        THERMOWELLS

      A.   Thermowells:

           1.    Standard: ASME B40.200.
           2.    Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
           3.    Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI .
           4.    Material for Use with Steel Piping: CSA .
           5.    Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated.
           6.    External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
           7.    Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
           8.    Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
           9.    Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
           10.   Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing.
           11.   Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer
                 connection.

      B.   Heat-Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin .


2.3        PRESSURE GAGES

      A.   Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.       AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge.
                 b.       Ashcroft Inc.
                 c.       Dwyer.
                 d.       Honeywell.
                 e.       Johnson.
                 f.       Marsh Bellofram.
                 g.       Weiss Instruments, Inc.

           2.    Standard: ASME B40.100.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                              METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                              230519230519 - 2
           3.     Case: Liquid-filled or Sealed type; cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch nominal diameter.
           4.     Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated.
           5.     Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom-outlet type
                  unless back-outlet type is indicated.
           6.     Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer.
           7.     Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi .
           8.     Pointer: Dark-colored metal.
           9.     Window: Glass or plastic .
           10.    Ring: Metal.
           11.    Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range.


2.4        GAGE ATTACHMENTS

      A.   Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and porous-metal-type
           surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping.

      B.   Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.


2.5        TEST PLUGS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     Peterson Equipment Co., Inc.

      B.   Description: Test-station fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.

      C.   Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include extended stem on
           units to be installed in insulated piping.

      D.   Thread Size:    NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.

      E.   Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 1000 psig at 200 deg F .

      F.   Core Inserts:   EPDM self-sealing rubber.


2.6        TEST-PLUG KITS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     Peterson Equipment Co., Inc.

      B.   Furnish one test-plug kit(s) containing two thermometer(s), one pressure gage and adapter, and carrying
           case. Thermometer sensing elements, pressure gage, and adapter probes shall be of diameter to fit test
           plugs and of length to project into piping.

      C.   Low-Range Thermometer: Small, bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch-diameter dial and tapered-
           end sensing element. Dial range shall be at least 25 to 125 deg F .


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230519230519 - 3
      D.   High-Range Thermometer: Small, bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch-diameter dial and tapered-
           end sensing element. Dial range shall be at least 0 to 220 deg F .

      E.   Pressure Gage: Small, Bourdon-tube insertion type with 2- to 3-inch- diameter dial and probe. Dial
           range shall be at least 0 to 200 psig .

      F.   Carrying Case: Metal or plastic, with formed instrument padding.


2.7        FLOWMETERS

      A.   Orifice Flowmeters:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     ABB; Instrumentation and Analytical.
                 b.     Bell & Gossett; ITT Industries.
                 c.     Meriam Process Technologies.
                 d.     Preso Meters; a division of Racine Federated Inc.
                 e.     S. A. Armstrong Limited; Armstrong Pumps Inc.

           2.    Description: Flowmeter with sensor, hoses or tubing, fittings, valves, indicator, and conversion
                 chart.
           3.    Flow Range: Sensor and indicator shall cover operating range of equipment or system served.
           4.    Sensor: Wafer-orifice-type, calibrated, flow-measuring element; for installation between pipe
                 flanges.

                 a.     Design: Differential-pressure-type measurement for water .
                 b.     Construction: Cast-iron body, brass valves with integral check valves and caps, and
                        calibrated nameplate.
                 c.     Minimum Pressure Rating: 300 psig .
                 d.     Minimum Temperature Rating: 250 deg F .

           5.    Permanent Indicators: Meter suitable for wall or bracket mounting, calibrated for connected
                 sensor and having 6-inch- diameter, or equivalent, dial with fittings and copper tubing for
                 connecting to sensor.

                 a.     Scale: Gallons per minute.
                 b.     Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent between 20 and 80 percent of scale range .

           6.    Portable Indicators: Hand-held, differential-pressure type, calibrated for connected sensor and
                 having two 12-foot hoses, with carrying case.

                 a.     Scale: Gallons per minute.
                 b.     Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 percent between 20 and 80 percent of scale range .

           7.    Display: Shows rate of flow.
           8.    Conversion Chart: Flow rate data compatible with sensor and indicator.
           9.    Operating Instructions: Include complete instructions with each flowmeter.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                  METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230519230519 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install thermowells with socket extending to center of pipe and in vertical position in piping tees.

      B.   Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to
           match sizes.

      C.   Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping.

      D.   Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium.

      E.   Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions.

      F.   Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most
           readable position.

      G.   Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids.

      H.   Install test plugs in piping tees.

      I.   Assemble and install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow-measuring elements and
           flowmeters according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      J.   Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems.

      K.   Install wafer-orifice flowmeter elements between pipe flanges.

      L.   Install differential-pressure-type flowmeter elements, with at least minimum straight lengths of pipe,
           upstream and downstream from element according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      M.   Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions.

      N.   Install connection fittings in accessible locations for attachment to portable indicators.

      O.   Install thermometers where shown on the drawings:

      P.   Install pressure gages in the following locations and where shown on the drawings:
           1.      At each new pump as shown on the drawings.

      Q.   Install test plugs in the following locations and where shown on the drawings:

           1.     Inlet and outlet of each new hydronic zone.
           2.     Suction and discharge of each new pump.


3.2        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance of meters,
           gages, machines, and equipment.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230519230519 - 5
3.3        ADJUSTING

      A.   After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      B.   Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.


3.4        THERMOMETER SCHEDULE

      A.   Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each hydronic zone shall be the following:
           1.   Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.

      B.   Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each new hydronic coil in air-handling units and built-up central
           systems shall be the following:
           1.    Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts.

      C.   Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length.


3.5        THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE

      A.   Scale Range for Heating, Hot-Water Piping: 0 to 250 deg F and 0 to 150 deg C.

      B.   Scale Range for Steam and Steam-Condensate Piping: [0 to 250 deg F] [0 to 250 deg F and 0 to 150
           deg C].


3.6        PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE

      A.   Pressure gages at each new pump shall be the following:

           1.     Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case. Pipe gage to locations shown on drawings.
           2.     Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts. Locate a test plug at the suction and discharge
                  of each pump.


3.7        PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE

      A.   Scale Range for Heating, Hot-Water Piping: 0 to 200 psi.

      B.   Scale Range for Steam Piping: [30 in. Hg to 15 psi] [30 in. Hg to 15 psi and minus 100 to 0 kPa].


3.8        FLOWMETER SCHEDULE

      A.

      B.   Flowmeters for Heating, Hot-Water Piping: Orifice for balancing applications and Turbine for active
           flow measurement applications.

      C.   Flowmeters for Steam and Steam-Condensate Piping: Orifice for balancing applications and Turbine for
           active flow measurement applications.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                    METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230519230519 - 6
END OF SECTION 230519




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools   METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                   230519230519 - 7
SECTION 230523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:
           1.     Bronze ball valves.
           2.     Iron ball valves.
           3.     Iron, single-flange butterfly valves.
           4.     Iron, grooved-end butterfly valves.
           5.     Bronze swing check valves.
           6.     Iron swing check valves.
           7.     Iron, grooved-end swing-check valves.
           8.     Iron, center-guided check valves.
           9.     Chainwheels.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.     Division 23 HVAC piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only.
           2.     Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and
                  schedules.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   CWP: Cold working pressure.

      B.   EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.

      C.   NRS: Nonrising stem.

      D.   SWP: Steam working pressure.


1.4        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer.

      B.   ASME Compliance:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                           GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   230523 - 1
           1.     ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.
           2.     ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

           1.     Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.
           2.     Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.
           3.     Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.
           4.     Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open.
           5.     Block check valves in either closed or open position.

      B.   Use the following precautions during storage:

           1.     Maintain valve end protection.
           2.     Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor
                  storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.

      C.   Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or
           stems as lifting or rigging points.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES

      A.   Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves.

      B.   Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures
           and temperatures.

      C.   Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.

      D.   Valve Actuator Types:

           1.     Gear Actuator: For quarter-turn valves NPS 8 and larger.
           2.     Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.
           3.     Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller.
           4.     Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other actuator; of size and with
                  chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article.

      E.   Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions and the following features:
           1.    Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and protective
                 sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation.
           2.    Butterfly Valves: With extended neck.

      F.   Valve-End Connections:

           1.     Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves.
           2.     Grooved: With grooves according to AWWA C606.
           3.     Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                            GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230523 - 2
           4.     Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.

      G.   Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.


2.2        BRONZE BALL VALVES

      A.   Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     American Valve, Inc.
                  b.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
                  c.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
                  d.     Hammond Valve.
                  e.     Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc.
                  f.     Legend Valve.
                  g.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                  h.     NIBCO INC.
                  i.     Red-White Valve Corporation.
                  j.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           2.     Description:

                  a.     Standard: MSS SP-110.
                  b.     SWP Rating: 150 psig.
                  c.     CWP Rating: 600 psig.
                  d.     Body Design: Two piece.
                  e.     Body Material: Bronze.
                  f.     Ends: Threaded.
                  g.     Seats: PTFE or TFE.
                  h.     Stem: Bronze.
                  i.     Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
                  j.     Port: Full.


2.3        IRON BALL VALVES

      A.   Class 125, Iron Ball Valves:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     American Valve, Inc.
                  b.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
                  c.     Kitz Corporation.
                  d.     Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
                  e.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           2.     Description:

                  a.     Standard: MSS SP-72.
                  b.     CWP Rating: 200 psig.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                           GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   230523 - 3
                 c.     Body Design: Split body.
                 d.     Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
                 e.     Ends: Flanged.
                 f.     Seats: PTFE or TFE.
                 g.     Stem: Stainless steel.
                 h.     Ball: Stainless steel.
                 i.     Port: Full.


2.4        IRON, SINGLE-FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES

      A.   200 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Aluminum-Bronze Disc:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc.
                 b.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
                 c.     Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corp.
                 d.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
                 e.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
                 f.     DeZurik Water Controls.
                 g.     Flo Fab Inc.
                 h.     Hammond Valve.
                 i.     Kitz Corporation.
                 j.     Legend Valve.
                 k.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                 l.     NIBCO INC.
                 m.     Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company.
                 n.     Red-White Valve Corporation.
                 o.     Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International.
                 p.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I.
                 b.     CWP Rating: 200 psig.
                 c.     Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure
                        without use of downstream flange.
                 d.     Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
                 e.     Seat: EPDM.
                 f.     Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel.
                 g.     Disc: Aluminum bronze.


2.5        IRON, GROOVED-END BUTTERFLY VALVES

      A.   175 CWP, Iron, Grooved-End Butterfly Valves:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc.
                 b.     Shurjoint Piping Products.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                          GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230523 - 4
                 c.     Tyco Fire Products LP; Grinnell Mechanical Products.
                 d.     Victaulic Company.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I.
                 b.     CWP Rating: 175 psig.
                 c.     Body Material: Coated, ductile iron.
                 d.     Stem: Two-piece stainless steel.
                 e.     Disc: Coated, ductile iron.
                 f.     Seal: EPDM.


2.6        BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES

      A.   Class 150, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     American Valve, Inc.
                 b.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
                 c.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
                 d.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
                 e.     Kitz Corporation.
                 f.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                 g.     NIBCO INC.
                 h.     Red-White Valve Corporation.
                 i.     Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3.
                 b.     CWP Rating: 300 psig.
                 c.     Body Design: Horizontal flow.
                 d.     Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
                 e.     Ends: Threaded.
                 f.     Disc: Bronze.
                 g.


2.7        IRON SWING CHECK VALVES

      A.   Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
                 b.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
                 c.     Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
                 d.     Hammond Valve.
                 e.     Kitz Corporation.
                 f.     Legend Valve.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                          GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230523 - 5
                 g.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                 h.     NIBCO INC.
                 i.     Powell Valves.
                 j.     Red-White Valve Corporation.
                 k.     Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
                 l.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                 m.     Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I.
                 b.     NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 200 psig.

                 c.     Body Design: Clear or full waterway.
                 d.     Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
                 e.     Ends: Flanged.
                 f.     Trim: Bronze.
                 g.     Gasket: Asbestos free.


2.8        IRON, GROOVED-END SWING CHECK VALVES

      A.   300 CWP, Iron, Grooved-End Swing Check Valves:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Anvil International, Inc.
                 b.     Shurjoint Piping Products.
                 c.     Tyco Fire Products LP; Grinnell Mechanical Products.
                 d.     Victaulic Company.

           2.    Description:

                 a.     CWP Rating: 300 psig.
                 b.     Body Material: ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
                 c.     Seal: EPDM.
                 d.     Disc: Spring operated, ductile iron or stainless steel.


2.9        IRON, CENTER-GUIDED CHECK VALVES

      A.   Class 125, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                 products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Anvil International, Inc.
                 b.     APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
                 c.     Crispin Valve.
                 d.     DFT Inc.
                 e.     Flo Fab Inc.
                 f.     GA Industries, Inc.
                 g.     Hammond Valve.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                             GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     230523 - 6
                  h.     Metraflex, Inc.
                  i.     Milwaukee Valve Company.
                  j.     Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation.
                  k.     NIBCO INC.
                  l.     Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International.
                  m.     Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
                  n.     Val-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp.
                  o.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           2.     Description:

                  a.     Standard: MSS SP-125.
                  b.     NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 200 psig.

                  c.     Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
                  d.     Style: Compact wafer.
                  e.     Seat: Bronze.


2.10       CHAINWHEELS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     Babbitt Steam Specialty Co.
           2.     Roto Hammer Industries.
           3.     Trumbull Industries.

      B.   Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, brackets, and chain.

           1.     Brackets: Type, number, size, and fasteners required to mount actuator on valve.
           2.     Attachment: For connection to ball and butterfly valve stems.
           3.     Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides:         Ductile or cast iron       , of type and size required for
                  valve. Include zinc coating.
           4.     Chain: Hot-dip, galvanized steel , of size required to fit sprocket rim.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special
           packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling.

      B.   Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by
           such operations.

      C.   Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.

      D.   Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size,
           length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for
           service, and that it is free from defects and damage.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                            GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230523 - 7
      E.   Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.


3.2        VALVE INSTALLATION

      A.   Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance,
           and equipment removal without system shutdown.

      B.   Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

      C.   Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.

      D.   Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.

      E.   Install chainwheels on operators for ball and butterfly valves NPS 4 and larger and more than 96 inches
           above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor.

      F.   Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows:

           1.     Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level.
           2.     Center-Guided Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges.


3.3        ADJUSTING

      A.   Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final
           adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.


3.4        GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS

      A.   If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:

           1.     Shutoff Service: Ball or butterfly valves.
           2.     Butterfly Valve Dead-End Service: Single-flange (lug) type.
           3.     Throttling Service: Calibrated balancing valves as specified in Division 23 Section “Hydronic
                  Piping” or butterfly provided it is installed with an adjacent flow indicator.
           4.     Pump-Discharge Check Valves:

                  a.     NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc.

                  b.     NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: iron, center-guided, metal -seat check valves.

      B.   If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with
           higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.

      C.   Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:

           1.     For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-end
                  option is indicated in valve schedules below.
           2.     For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is
                  indicated in valve schedules below.
           3.     For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                               GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       230523 - 8
           4.    For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is
                 indicated in valve schedules below.
           5.    For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.
           6.    For Grooved-End Steel Piping : Valve ends may be grooved.


3.5        HEATING-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE

      A.   Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller:

           1.    Bronze Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends.
           2.    Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, bronze with bronze or stainless-steel trim.
           3.    Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 150, bronze disc.

      B.   Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger:

           1.    Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends.
           2.    Iron Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 10: Class 150.
           3.    Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12: 200 CWP, EPDM seat, aluminum-
                 bronze or stainless-steel disc.
           4.    Iron, Grooved-End Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12: 175 CWP.
           5.    Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125 , metal seats.
           6.    Iron, Grooved-End Check Valves, NPS 3 to NPS 12: 300 CWP.
           7.    Iron, Center-Guided Check Valves: Class 125 , compact-wafer , metal seat.


END OF SECTION 230523




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230523 - 9
SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Metal pipe hangers and supports.
           2.     Trapeze pipe hangers.
           3.     Metal framing systems.
           4.     Thermal-hanger shield and shield inserts.
           5.     Fastener systems.
           6.     Pipe stands.
           7.     Equipment supports.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.     Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers
                  for pipe and equipment supports.
           2.     Division 23 Section(s) "Metal Ducts"and"Nonmetal Ducts" for duct hangers and supports.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.


1.4        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the
           effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to
           ASCE/SEI 7 .

           1.     Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight
                  of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
           2.     Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
                  equipment and connected systems and components.
           3.     Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from
                  authorities having jurisdiction.


1.5        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                     HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     230529 - 1
1.6        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Welding certificates.


1.7        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Structural Steel Welding Qualifications:     Qualify procedures and personnel according to
           AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

      B.   Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
           Vessel Code.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

      A.   Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:

           1.     Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
           2.     Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
           3.     Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
           4.     Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support
                  bearing surface of piping.
           5.     Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel.

      B.   Copper Pipe Hangers:

           1.     Description:  MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated
                  components.
           2.     Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated steel.


2.2        TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS

      A.   Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural
           carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.


2.3        METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS

      A.   MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems:

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Allied Tube & Conduit.
                  b.     Cooper B-Line, Inc.
                  c.     Flex-Strut Inc.
                  d.     GS Metals Corp.
                  e.     Thomas & Betts Corporation.
                  f.     Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                  HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230529 - 2
                  g.     Wesanco, Inc.

           2.     Description: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly for supporting multiple parallel
                  pipes.
           3.     Standard: MFMA-4.
           4.     Channels: Continuous slotted steel channel with inturned lips.
           5.     Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped steel nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and,
                  when tightened, prevent slipping along channel.
           6.     Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel.
           7.     Metallic Coating: Electroplated zinc, hot-dipped galvanized or equivalent.


2.4        THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD AND SHIELD INSERTS

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following :

           1.     Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
           2.     Clement Support Services.
           3.     ERICO International Corporation.
           4.     National Pipe Hanger Corporation.
           5.     PHS Industries, Inc.
           6.     Pipe Shields, Inc.; a subsidiary of Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
           7.     Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
           8.     Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc.
           9.     Value Engineered Products, Inc.

      B.   Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or
           ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength and
           vapor barrier.

      C.   Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate
           with 100-psig, ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1
           polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength and jacket.

      D.   Jacket or Vapor Barrier: Shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed
           index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

      E.   Shield: Provide a minimum G-90 galvanized steel thermal-hanger shield for all shield inserts.

      F.   For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe.

      G.   For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.

      H.   Insert, Jacket and Vapor Barrier Length: Extend 1 inche beyond sheet metal shield on each end for
           piping operating below ambient air temperature.


2.5        FASTENER SYSTEMS

      A.   Fastener Systems shall be one or both of the following as allowed by the structural drawings and
           specifications:




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   230529 - 3
           1.    Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete
                 with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials
                 where used.
           2.    Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless-steel anchors, for use in hardened
                 portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported
                 loads and building materials where used.


2.6        PIPE STANDS

      A.   General Requirements for Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured
           corrosion-resistant components to support roof-mounted piping.

      B.   Low-Type, Single or Multiple-Pipe Stand: One-piece recycled rubber base unit, for roof installation
           without membrane penetration.

      C.   High-Type, Single-Pipe Stand:

           1.    Description: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof
                 installation without membrane penetration.
           2.    Base: recycled rubber with load distribution plate.
           3.    Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel, continuous-thread rods.
           4.    Horizontal Member: Cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel rod with pipe clamp-type pipe
                 support.

      D.   High-Type, Multiple-Pipe Stand:

           1.    Description: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof
                 installation without membrane penetration.
           2.    Bases: recycled rubber with load distribution plate.
           3.    Vertical Members: Two or more protective-coated-steel channels.
           4.    Horizontal Member: Protective-coated-steel channel.
           5.    Pipe Supports: Galvanized-steel, clevis-type pipe hangers.

      E.   Where required by piping system type as identified in Section 3 below provide electro plated cast iron
           pipe roller with the pipe stand.


2.7        EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

      A.   Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon-steel
           shapes.


2.8        MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

      A.   Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

      B.   Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic
           grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.

           1.    Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
           2.    Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                  HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230529 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

      A.   Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports,
           clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure.

      B.   Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for
           grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe
           hangers.

           1.     Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install
                  intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers.
           2.     Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported.
                  Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

      C.   Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together
           on field-assembled metal framing systems.

      D.   Fastener System Installation shall be a one or both of the following as allowed by the structural drawings
           and specifications:

           1.     Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4
                  inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are
                  licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated
                  tool manufacturer's operating manual.
           2.     Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured.
                  Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

      E.   Pipe Stand Installation:

           1.     Pipe Stand Types: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate
                  roof membrane.

      F.   Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and
           other accessories.

      G.   Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.

      H.   Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal movement of piping systems, to permit freedom
           of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops,
           expansion bends, and similar units.

      I.   Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.

      J.   Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Where applicable install
           concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through
           openings at top of inserts. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, finish inserts flush with slab
           surface. For existing or precast concrete slabs attachments shall be made using concrete anchors.

      K.   Install additional supports at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and
           larger and at changes in direction of piping.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   230529 - 5
      L.   Support the system without sagging, including supports at each offset or change in pipe direction and at
           the ends of pipe branches over five feet in length.

      M.   Place a hanger within one foot of each horizontal elbow.

      N.   Install supports to provide a minimum ½ inch clear space between fnished covering and adjacent work.

      O.   Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from
           movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

      P.   Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum
           pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.

      Q.   Insulated Piping:

           1.     On all piping points of support install thermal-hanger shields and inserts with insulation insert the
                  same thickness as adjoining pipe insulation.
           2.     For piping operating below Ambient Air Temperature the vapor barrier jacket shall be sealed tight
                  to adjoining insulation to provide a neat and complete vapor tight installation.

           3.     Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Shall be as indicated by the manufacturer but not less than the
                  following:

                  a.     NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 9 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.

                  b.     NPS 4: 9 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.

                  c.     NPS 5 and NPS 6: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.

                  d.     NPS 8 to NPS 14: 12 inches long and 0.075 inch thick.

                  e.     NPS 16 to NPS 24: 12 inches long and 0.105 inch thick.

           4.     When pipe hanger spacing exceeds 10 feet utilize a double layer thermal-hangar shield.
           5.     For all piping with roller supports utilize a thermal-hangar shield with insert that includes a
                  wear/weight distribution plate of carbon steel that has been primer painted.


3.2        EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

      A.   Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment
           above floor.

      B.   Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth.

      C.   Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.


3.3        METAL FABRICATIONS

      A.   Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports.

      B.   Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop
           welded because of shipping size limitations.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230529 - 6
      C.   Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance
           and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following:

           1.     Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance
                  of base metals.
           2.     Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
           3.     Remove welding flux immediately.
           4.     Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of
                  welded surfaces match adjacent contours.


3.4        ADJUSTING

      A.   Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated
           slope of pipe.

      B.   Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches .


3.5        PAINTING

      A.   Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after
           erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1
           requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.


3.6        HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE

      A.   Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment.

      B.   Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping
           system Sections.

      C.   Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have
           field-applied finish.

      D.   Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where non-copper attachments are in
           direct contact with copper tubing.

      E.   Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports, metal trapeze pipe hangers, metal framing systems and
           attachments for general service applications.

      F.   Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing.

      G.   Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.

      H.   Use thermal-hanger shields and inserts for all insulated piping and tubing.

      I.   Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
           system Sections, install the following types:

           1.     Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated,
                  stationary pipes NPS 2 to NPS 5.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                    HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230529 - 7
         2.     Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated,
                stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 1-1/2.
         3.     Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction.
         4.     Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 6 to NPS 24, from
                single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. For high
                temperature applications, 225ºF and above, provide adjustable roller hangers on all piping
                supports.

   J.    Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections,
         install the following types:

         1.     Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24.
         2.     Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to
                NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

   K.    Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections,
         install the following types:

         1.     Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
         2.     Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
         3.     Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building
                attachments.
         4.     Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.

   L.    Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections,
         install the following types:

         1.     Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe
                hangers from concrete ceiling.
         2.     Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction,
                to attach to top flange of structural shape.
         3.     Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.
         4.     Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are
                considerable and rod sizes are large.
         5.     C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
         6.     Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using
                clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:

                a.     Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.
                b.     Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
                c.     Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb.

         7.     Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
         8.     Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.
         9.     Wall Supports:

                a.     NPS 1/2 through 3: Offset or straight steel hook
                b.     NPS 4 and above: Welded steel bracket or metal framing system with hangars and
                       supports as noted elsewhere.

   M.    Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
         piping system Sections.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230529 - 8
   N.    Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in
         piping system Sections.

   O.    Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where
         required in concrete construction.


END OF SECTION 230529




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools             HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230529 - 9
SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Equipment labels.
           2.     Pipe labels.
           3.     Valve tags.


1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for
           each label.

      C.   Valve numbering scheme.

      D.   Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.


1.4        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where
           devices are to be applied.

      B.   Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.

      C.   Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        EQUIPMENT LABELS

      A.   Plastic Labels for Equipment:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                     IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230553230553 - 1
           1.     Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch
                  thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
           2.     Letter Color: Black.
           3.     Background Color: White.
           4.     Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
           5.     Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by
                  3/4 inch.
           6.     Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2
                  inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing
                  distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
           7.     Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
           8.     Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

      B.   Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing
           numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section
           number and title where equipment is specified.

      C.   Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper.
           Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated
           (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is
           specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.


2.2        PIPE LABELS

      A.   General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating
           service, and showing flow direction.

      B.   Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.

      C.   Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as
           used on Drawings, pipe size, an arrow indicating flow direction and any special instructions noted in Part
           3 of this specification.

           1.     Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both
                  directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.
           2.     Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.


2.3        VALVE TAGS

      A.   Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch
           numbers.

           1.     Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and
                  having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.
           2.     Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.

      B.   Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number,
           piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-
           operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for
           emergency shutoff and similar special uses.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230553230553 - 2
           1.     Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PREPARATION

      A.   Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices,
           including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants.


3.2        EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION

      A.   Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment Including but not
           limited to the following:

           1.     Controls: Label magnetic starters and relays to identify connecting or controlled equipment.
                  Label manual operating switches, fused disconnect switches and thermal overload switched which
                  have not been specified as furnished with indexed faceplates as to “connected” or “controlled”
                  equipment. Label automatic controls, control panels, zone valves, switches, relays and starters.
           2.     Pumps: All pumps shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served.
           3.     Water Heaters and Boilers: All water heaters shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served.
           4.     Fans: All fans (air handling units, exhaust fans, etc…) shall be identified as to service and zone(s)
                  served.
           5.     Air Conditioning Equipment: All air conditioning equipment (chillers, condensing units, etc…)
                  shall be identified as to service and zone(s) served.
           6.     Fire Dampers: Identify all fire dampers and their access doors by label secured to the access door
                  or a location approved by the Architect and accepted by the AHJ.

      B.   Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.


3.3        PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION

      A.   Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine
           rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed
           locations as follows:

           1.     Near each valve and control device.
           2.     Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow
                  pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
           3.     Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
           4.     At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping.
           5.     Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
           6.     Spaced at maximum intervals of 30 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 20 feet in areas of
                  congested piping and equipment.
           7.     On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.
           8.     For overhead piping, apply label on the lower half of the pipe where view is unobstructed so
                  marking can be read from floor level.

      B.   Pipe Label Color Schedule:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                    IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                230553230553 - 3
           1.    Heating Water Piping:

                 a.     Background Color: Green.
                 b.     Letter Color: White.

           2.    Refrigerant Piping:

                 a.     Background Color: Yellow.
                 b.     Letter Color: Black.

           3.    Natural Gas Piping:

                 a.     Background Color: Yellow.
                 b.     Letter Color: Black.
                 c.     Special Identification: For natural gas operating at 2 psig or higher the pipe label shall also
                        identify the natural gas operating pressure.

           4.    Low-Pressure Steam Piping:

                 a.     Background Color: Green.
                 b.     Letter Color: White.

           5.    Steam Condensate Piping:

                 a.     Background Color: Green.
                 b.     Letter Color: White.


3.4        VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION

      A.   Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; faucets; convenience
           hose connections and lawn-watering hose connections. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.

           1.    Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
                 a.    Refrigerant: 1-1/2 inches, round.
                 b.    Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.
                 c.    Gas: 1-1/2 inches, round.
                 d.    Low-Pressure Steam: 1-1/2 inches, round.
                 e.    Steam Condensate: 1-1/2 inches, round.

           2.    Valve-Tag Color:
                 a.    Refrigerant: Natural.
                 b.    Hot Water: Natural.
                 c.    Gas: Natural.
                 d.    Low-Pressure Steam: Yellow.


END OF SECTION 230553




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230553230553 - 4
SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Balancing contractor to be contracted directly with the General Contractor.

      B.   Section Includes:
           1.     Balancing Air Systems:

                  a.    Constant-volume air systems.
                  b.    Variable-air-volume systems.
                  c.    Multizone systems.
           2.     Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems:

                  a.     Constant-flow hydronic and domestic water recirculation systems.

                  b.     Primary-secondary hydronic systems.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.

      B.   NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.

      C.   TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

      D.   TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.

      E.   TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.


1.4        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   LEED Submittals:
           1.   Air-Balance Report for Prerequisite IEQ 1:      Documentation of work performed for
                ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing."
           2.   TAB Report for Prerequisite EA 2:             Documentation of work performed for
                ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing."




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                    TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230593230593 - 1
1.5        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the
           TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality
           Assurance" Article.

      B.   Sample report forms for review with 30 days of Contractor’s Notice to Proceed.

      C.   Certified TAB reports.

      D.   Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:
           1.     Instrument type and make.
           2.     Serial number.
           3.     Application.
           4.     Dates of use.
           5.     Dates of calibration.


1.6        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB.
           1.   TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC, NEBB, TABB
                or a Registered Professional Engineer. All work must be done under the direct supervision of and
                the results attested by the Field Supervisor. The Field Supervisor shall be available to interpret all
                material found in the balance report and shall represent the testing and balancing firm at all
                requested meetings.
           2.   TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC, NEBB or
                TABB as a TAB technician.

      B.   Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:
           1.     Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports.
           2.     Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and
                  referenced in this Specification.

      C.   TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB forms approved by Architect.

      D.   Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5,
           "Instrumentation."


1.7        COORDINATION

      A.   Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times.

      B.   Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been
           satisfactorily completed.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                     TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                230593230593 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        TAB SPECIALISTS

      A.   Subject to compliance with requirements, engage one of the following :
           1.     TAB Services, Inc.
           2.     Balance Technologies
           3.     Superior Balance and Commissioning
           4.     Lawrence H. Finn & Associates
           5.     Air-Right.


3.2        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover
           conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.

      B.   Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-
           control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these
           balancing devices are accessible.

      C.   Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.

      D.   Examine equipment to ensure it is in a safe and normal operable condition.

      E.   Examine ceiling plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they meet the leakage class of
           connected ducts as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts and/or Nonmetal Ducts" and are
           properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that the supply, return and exhaust ducts are installed and
           tested to the leakage class specified in Division 23 Section “Metal Ducts and/or Nonmetal Ducts.” Verify
           that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required.

      F.   Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.
           1.    Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can
                 create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.

      G.   Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and
           adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.

      H.   Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.

      I.   Examine HVAC equipment and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and
           equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.

      J.   Examine terminal units; such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their
           controls are connected and functioning.

      K.   Examine to see if all air outlets are installed and connected.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                      TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230593230593 - 3
      L.   Examine filters; verify that final filters are clean and in place.

      M.   Examine duct; verify that all end caps are in place.

      N.   Examine system return air paths; check for obstructions such as walls to structure. Notify Architect of
           any discrepancies.

      O.   Examine fans and pumps for proper rotation.

      P.   Examine equipment for excessive vibration.

      Q.   Examine strainers.     Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated
           perforations.

      R.   Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid
           flows.

      S.   Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins.

      T.   Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping.

      U.   Examine operating safety interlocks, thermal overload protection and controls on HVAC equipment to
           verify they are in a safe and correct operating condition.

      V.   Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record
           system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values.
           Make special note of any discrepancy between tabulated conditions and specified conditions including
           but not limited to: missing items, non-functioning items, items without final connections, etc… Call
           these discrepancies to the attention of the Architect.

      W.   Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions.


3.3        PREPARATION

      A.   Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:
           1.   Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete.
           2.   Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air and installed with a proper hydronic system
                static pressure to assure a full system.
           3.   Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
           4.   Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
           5.   Balance, smoke, fire and combination fire/smoke dampers are open.
           6.   Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.
           7.   Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to
                balancing devices is provided.
           8.   Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met.


3.4        GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING

      A.   Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in
           ASHRAE 111 or SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   230593230593 - 4
           1.     Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing."

      B.   Cut insulation (or drill test holes in), ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to
           the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.
           1.     After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with requirements
                  in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories."
           2.     Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings,
                  vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation."

      C.   Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators,
           fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent
           identification material to show final settings. Set and lock all memory stops.

      D.   Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.


3.5        GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS

      A.   Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended
           testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes.

      B.   For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity.

      C.   Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements.

      D.   Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers
           through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.

      E.   Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.

      F.   Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.

      G.   Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.

      H.   Check for airflow blockages.

      I.   Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.

      J.   Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.

      K.   Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts."


3.6        PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS

      A.   Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan
           manufacturer.
           1.     Measure total airflow.

                  a.    Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements,
                        measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow.
           2.     Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                      TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230593230593 - 5
                  a.     Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream
                         from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.
                  b.     Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection.
                  c.     Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible,
                         upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions.
                  d.     Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that
                         houses the fan.
           3.     Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit,
                  and other air-handling and -treating equipment.

                  a.      Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured.
           4.     Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat-recovery
                  equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions.
           5.     Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static
                  pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate
                  actual conditions.
           6.     Obtain approval from Construction Manager for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than
                  indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air-handling units for
                  adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance.
           7.     Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment
                  manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor
                  amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full-heating,
                  economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.

      B.   Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows
           within specified tolerances.
           1.     Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts.

                  a.    Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse
                        measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow
                        for that zone.
           2.     Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume
                  dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
           3.     Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust
                  submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.

      C.   Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
           1.    Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions
                 and calculating factors.

      D.   Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated
           values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air
           terminals.
           1.     Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities
                  without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents.
           2.     Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.


3.7        PROCEDURES FOR MULTIZONE SYSTEMS

      A.   Adjust each zone's balancing damper to achieve indicated airflow within the zone.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                      TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230593230593 - 6
3.8        GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS

      A.   Prepare test reports with pertinent design data, and number in sequence starting at pump to end of system.
           Check the sum of branch-circuit flows against the approved pump flow rate. Correct variations that
           exceed the listed tolerances.

      B.   Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to the general
           preparation procedures specified above:
           1.     Open all manual valves for maximum flow.
           2.     Check liquid level in expansion tank.
           3.     Check makeup water-station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent.
           4.     Check flow-control valves for specified sequence of operation, and set at indicated flow.
           5.     Set differential-pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do not set at fully
                  closed position when pump is positive-displacement type unless several terminal valves are kept
                  open.
           6.     Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers.
           7.     Check pump-motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow-balancing device so motor
                  nameplate rating is not exceeded.
           8.     Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated.

      C.   Systems installed with pressure independent control valves shall not require hydronic system balancing.
           Flow shall be verified and adjusted for the pressure independent valve assembly (valve and actuator
           combination) for field conditions using the pressure independent control valve manufacturer’s
           documented procedure for [10%] [20%] [25%] <Insert Percentage> of the total installed product.
           Exact locations of tested product to be coordinated with the design engineer.


3.9        PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-FLOW HYDRONIC SYSTEMS

      A.   This section shall apply to domestic hot water recirculation pumps.

      B.   Measure water flow at pumps. Use the following procedures except for positive-displacement pumps:
           1.    Verify impeller size by operating the pump with the discharge valve closed. Read pressure
                 differential across the pump. Convert pressure to head and correct for differences in gage heights.
                 Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at zero flow and verify that the pump has the
                 intended impeller size.
           2.    If impeller sizes must be adjusted to achieve pump performance, notify the Architect. All impeller
                 changes shall be completed by the mechanical contractor or pump supplier; changes shall comply
                 with the requirements in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Pumps." Pump throttling is not
                 acceptable; adjust the impeller or change the pump speed as required by ASHRAE 90.1.Check
                 system resistance. With all valves open, read pressure differential across the pump and mark
                 pump manufacturer's head-capacity curve. Adjust pump discharge valve until indicated water
                 flow is achieved.

                  a.     Monitor motor performance during procedures and do not operate motors in overload
                         conditions.
           3.     Verify pump-motor brake horsepower. Calculate the intended brake horsepower for the system
                  based on pump manufacturer's performance data. Compare calculated brake horsepower with
                  nameplate data on the pump motor. Report conditions where actual amperage exceeds motor
                  nameplate amperage.
           4.     Report flow rates that are not within the listed tolerances.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                    TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230593230593 - 7
   C.    Measure flow at all automatic flow control valves to verify that valves are functioning as designed by
         measuring the pressure drop across the valve to ensure it is within the manufacturer’s specified operating
         range.

   D.    Measure flow at all pressure-independent characterized control valves, with valves in fully open position,
         to verify that valves are functioning as designed.

   E.    Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presettings.

   F.    Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance.
         1.    System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow-pressure-drop relationship
               may be used as a flow-indicating device.

   G.    Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve flow that is 5 percent
         greater than indicated flow.

   H.    Adjust balancing stations to within specified tolerances of indicated flow rate as follows:
         1.     Determine the balancing station with the highest percentage over indicated flow.
         2.     Adjust each station in turn, beginning with the station with the highest percentage over indicated
                flow and proceeding to the station with the lowest percentage over indicated flow.
         3.     Record settings and mark balancing devices.

   I.    Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage, voltage, rpm, pump heads,
         and systems' pressures and temperatures including outdoor-air temperature.

   J.    Measure the differential-pressure-control-valve settings existing at the conclusion of balancing.

   K.    Check settings and operation of each safety valve. Record settings.


3.10     PROCEDURES FOR PRIMARY-SECONDARY HYDRONIC SYSTEMS

   A.    Balance the primary circuit flow first and then balance the secondary circuits.


3.11     PROCEDURES FOR STEAM SYSTEMS

   A.    Measure and record upstream and downstream pressure of each piece of new equipment.

   B.    Measure and record upstream and downstream steam pressure of new pressure-reducing valves.

   C.    Check settings and operation of new automatic temperature-control valves, self-contained control valves,
         and pressure-reducing valves. Record final settings.

   D.    Check settings and operation of each new safety valve. Record settings.

   E.    Verify the operation of each new steam trap.


3.12     PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS

   A.    Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                     TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                230593230593 - 8
         1.     Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number.
         2.     Motor horsepower rating.
         3.     Motor rpm.
         4.     Efficiency rating.
         5.     Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
         6.     Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
         7.     Starter thermal-protection-element rating.

   B.    Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from
         minimum to maximum. Where equipped test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper
         operation and verify that bypass operation does not result in motor overload. Record observations
         including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number, and nameplate data.


3.13     PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS

   A.    Verify proper rotation of fans.

   B.    Measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures.

   C.    Record compressor data.


3.14     PROCEDURES FOR BOILERS

   A.    Hydronic Boilers: Measure and record entering- and leaving-water temperatures and determine water
         flow.


3.15     PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS

   A.    Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each new water coil:
         1.    Entering- and leaving-water temperature.
         2.    Water flow rate.
         3.    Water pressure drop.
         4.    Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
         5.    Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils.
         6.    Airflow.
         7.    Air pressure drop.

   B.    Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each new electric heating coil:
         1.    Nameplate data.
         2.    Airflow.
         3.    Entering- and leaving-air temperature at full load.
         4.    Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage.
         5.    Calculated kilowatt at full load.
         6.    Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection.

   C.    Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each new refrigerant coil:
         1.    Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
         2.    Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
         3.    Airflow.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                  TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230593230593 - 9
         4.     Air pressure drop.
         5.     Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature as obtained from the mechanical contractor.


3.16     PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS

   A.    Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused.
         1.    Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan.
         2.    Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate information.
         3.    Check the refrigerant charge.
         4.    Check the condition of filters.
         5.    Check the condition of coils.
         6.    Check the operation of the drain pan and condensate-drain trap.
         7.    Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication.
         8.    Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the measurements taken.
               Report deficiencies.

   B.    Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is to remain
         and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished. Verify the following:
         1.     New filters are installed.
         2.     Coils are clean and fins combed.
         3.     Drain pans are clean.
         4.     Fans are clean.
         5.     Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated.
         6.     Deficiencies noted in the preconstruction report are corrected.

   C.    Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are affected by the
         renovation work.
         1.     Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows, and determine
                the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and coils.
         2.     Verify that the indicated airflows of the renovated work result in filter and coil face velocities and
                fan speeds that are within the acceptable limits defined by equipment manufacturer.
         3.     If calculations increase or decrease the air flow rates and water flow rates by more than 5 percent,
                make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated rates. If increase or decrease is 5 percent or
                less, equipment adjustments are not required.
         4.     Balance each air outlet.


3.17     TOLERANCES

   A.    Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:
         1.    Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 10 percent to minus 10 percent.
         2.    Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus 10 percent to minus 10 percent .
         3.    Heating-Water Flow Rate: Plus 10 percent to minus 10 percent .
         4.    Cooling-Water Flow Rate: Plus 10 percent to minus 10 percent .
         5.    Domestic Hot Water Recirculation: Plus 10 percent to minus 10 percent.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230593230593 - 10
3.18     POST TESTING CLOSEOUT

   A.    Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors or
         covers to electrical switch boxes, plugging test holes in ductwork where readings were taken and
         restoring thermostats to specified settings.


3.19     REPORTING

   A.    Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in
         "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices.
         Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance
         measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general
         construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices.


3.20     FINAL REPORT

   A.    General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested
         systems and balanced systems.
         1.    Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified
               testing and balancing engineer.
         2.    Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.

   B.    Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:
         1.     Pump curves.
         2.     Fan curves.
         3.     Manufacturers' test data.
         4.     Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
         5.     Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product
                data.

   C.    General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
         1.    Title page.
         2.    Name and address of the TAB contractor.
         3.    Project name.
         4.    Project location.
         5.    Architect's name and address.
         6.    Engineer's name and address.
         7.    Contractor's name and address.
         8.    Report date.
         9.    Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
         10.   Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number
               each page in the report.
         11.   Summary of contents including the following:

                a.     Indicated versus final performance.
                b.     Notable characteristics of systems.
                c.     Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents.
         12.    Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
         13.    Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings.
         14.    Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230593230593 - 11
         15.    Reduced set of drawings identifying TAB contractor’s diffuser labels as referenced in the report.
         16.    Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:

                a.     Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
                b.     Conditions of filters.
                c.     Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
                d.     Face and bypass damper settings at coils.
                e.     Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter.
                f.     Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller.
                g.     Other system operating conditions that affect performance.

   D.    Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following:
         1.    Unit Data:

                a.    Unit identification.
                b.    Location.
                c.    Make and type.
                d.    Model number and unit size.
                e.    Manufacturer's serial number.
                f.    Unit arrangement and class.
                g.    Discharge arrangement.
                h.    Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
                i.    Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
                j.    Number, make, and size of belts.
                k.    Number, type, and size of filters.
         2.     Motor Data:

                a.    Motor make, and frame type and size.
                b.    Horsepower and rpm.
                c.    Volts, phase, and hertz.
                d.    Full-load amperage and service factor.
                e.    Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
                f.    Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
         3.     Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

                a.     Total air flow rate in cfm.
                b.     Total system static pressure in inches wg.
                c.     Fan rpm.
                d.     Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
                e.     Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg.
                f.     Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
                g.     Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
                h.     Outdoor airflow in cfm.
                i.     Return airflow in cfm.
                j.     Outdoor-air damper position.
                k.     Return-air damper position.

   E.    Apparatus-Coil Test Reports:
         1.    Coil Data:

                a.     System identification.
                b.     Location.
                c.     Coil type.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                  TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            230593230593 - 12
                d.    Number of rows.
                e.    Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c.
                f.    Make and model number.
                g.    Face area in sq. ft..
                h.    Tube size in NPS.
                i.    Tube and fin materials.
                j.    Circuiting arrangement.
         2.     Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

                a.     Air flow rate in cfm.
                b.     Average face velocity in fpm.
                c.     Air pressure drop in inches wg.
                d.     Outdoor-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
                e.     Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
                f.     Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
                g.     Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F.
                h.     Water flow rate in gpm.
                i.     Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig.
                j.     Entering-water temperature in deg F.
                k.     Leaving-water temperature in deg F.
                l.     Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types.
                m.     Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. (As obtained from the mechanical contractor.)
                n.     Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. (As obtained from the mechanical contractor.)

   F.    Gas-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports,
         include the following:
         1.     Unit Data:

                a.    System identification.
                b.    Location.
                c.    Make and type.
                d.    Model number and unit size.
                e.    Manufacturer's serial number.
                f.    Fuel type in input data.
                g.    Output capacity in Btu/h.
                h.    Ignition type.
                i.    Burner-control types.
                j.    Motor horsepower and rpm.
                k.    Motor volts, phase, and hertz.
                l.    Motor full-load amperage and service factor.
                m.    Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
                n.    Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
         2.     Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

                a.     Total air flow rate in cfm.
                b.     Entering-air temperature in deg F.
                c.     Leaving-air temperature in deg F.
                d.     Air temperature differential in deg F.
                e.     Entering-air static pressure in inches wg.
                f.     Leaving-air static pressure in inches wg.
                g.     Air static-pressure differential in inches wg.
                h.     Low-fire fuel input in Btu/h.
                i.     High-fire fuel input in Btu/h.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230593230593 - 13
                j.     Manifold pressure in psig.
                k.     High-temperature-limit setting in deg F.
                l.     Operating set point in Btu/h.
                m.     Motor voltage at each connection.
                n.     Motor amperage for each phase.
                o.     Heating value of fuel in Btu/h.

   G.    Electric-Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in central-station
         air-handling units, include the following:
         1.     Unit Data:

                a.    System identification.
                b.    Location.
                c.    Coil identification.
                d.    Capacity in Btu/h.
                e.    Number of stages.
                f.    Connected volts, phase, and hertz.
                g.    Rated amperage.
                h.    Air flow rate in cfm.
                i.    Face area in sq. ft..
                j.    Minimum face velocity in fpm.
         2.     Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

                a.     Heat output in Btu/h.
                b.     Air flow rate in cfm.
                c.     Air velocity in fpm.
                d.     Entering-air temperature in deg F.
                e.     Leaving-air temperature in deg F.
                f.     Voltage at each connection.
                g.     Amperage for each phase.

   H.    Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
         1.    Fan Data:

                a.    System identification.
                b.    Location.
                c.    Make and type.
                d.    Model number and size.
                e.    Manufacturer's serial number.
                f.    Arrangement and class.
                g.    Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
                h.    Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
         2.     Motor Data:

                a.    Motor make, and frame type and size.
                b.    Horsepower and rpm.
                c.    Volts, phase, and hertz.
                d.    Full-load amperage and service factor.
                e.    Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
                f.    Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
                g.    Number, make, and size of belts.
         3.     Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                   TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230593230593 - 14
                a.     Total airflow rate in cfm.
                b.     Total system static pressure in inches wg.
                c.     Fan rpm.
                d.     Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
                e.     Suction static pressure in inches wg.

   I.    Round and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct
         cross-section and record the following:
         1.     Report Data:

                a.     System and air-handling-unit number.
                b.     Location and zone.
                c.     Traverse air temperature in deg F.
                d.     Duct static pressure in inches wg.
                e.     Duct size in inches.
                f.     Duct area in sq. ft..
                g.     Indicated air flow rate in cfm.
                h.     Indicated velocity in fpm.
                i.     Actual air flow rate in cfm.
                j.     Actual average velocity in fpm.
                k.     Barometric pressure in psig.

   J.    Air-Terminal-Device Reports:
         1.    Unit Data:

                a.    System and air-handling unit identification.
                b.    Location and zone.
                c.    Apparatus used for test.
                d.    Area served.
                e.    Make.
                f.    Number from system diagram.
                g.    Type and model number.
                h.    Size.
                i.    Effective area in sq. ft..
         2.     Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

                a.     Air flow rate in cfm.
                b.     Air velocity in fpm.
                c.     Preliminary air flow rate as needed in cfm.
                d.     Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm.
                e.     Final air flow rate in cfm.
                f.     Final velocity in fpm.
                g.     Space temperature in deg F.

   K.    System-Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the following:
         1.    Unit Data:

                a.    System and air-handling-unit identification.
                b.    Location and zone.
                c.    Room or riser served.
                d.    Coil make and size.
                e.    Flowmeter type.
         2.     Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                  TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            230593230593 - 15
                a.     Air flow rate in cfm.
                b.     Entering-water temperature in deg F.
                c.     Leaving-water temperature in deg F.
                d.     Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig.
                e.     Entering-air temperature in deg F.
                f.     Leaving-air temperature in deg F.

   L.    Pump Test Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves and include the
         following:
         1.     Unit Data:

                a.    Unit identification.
                b.    Location.
                c.    Service.
                d.    Make and size.
                e.    Model number and serial number.
                f.    Water flow rate in gpm.
                g.    Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig.
                h.    Required net positive suction head in feet of head or psig.
                i.    Pump rpm.
                j.    Impeller diameter in inches.
                k.    Motor make and frame size.
                l.    Motor horsepower and rpm.
                m.    Voltage at each connection.
                n.    Amperage for each phase.
                o.    Full-load amperage and service factor.
                p.    Seal type.
         2.     Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

                a.     Static head in feet of head or psig.
                b.     Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig.
                c.     Actual impeller size in inches.
                d.     Full-open flow rate in gpm.
                e.     Full-open pressure in feet of head or psig.
                f.     Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig.
                g.     Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig.
                h.     Final total pressure in feet of head or psig.
                i.     Final water flow rate in gpm.
                j.     Voltage at each connection.
                k.     Amperage for each phase.

   M.    Domestic Hot Water Recirculation Reports:
         1.   Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

                a.     Water flow rate in gpm at each valve
                b.     Water flow rate in gpm at pump
                c.     Static head in feet of head or psig at pump
                d.     Voltage at each connection to pump
                e.     Amperage for each phase at pump
                f.     Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig at pump.

   N.    Instrument Calibration Reports:
         1.     Report Data:

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                  TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            230593230593 - 16
                a.    Instrument type and make.
                b.    Serial number.
                c.    Application.
                d.    Dates of use.
                e.    Dates of calibration.


END OF SECTION 230593




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools        TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                  230593230593 - 17
SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes insulating the following duct services:

           1.     Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air.
           2.     Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air.
           3.     Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space.
           4.     Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space.
           5.     Indoor, concealed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust.
           6.     Indoor, exposed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust.
           7.     Indoor, concealed oven and warewash exhaust.
           8.     Indoor, exposed oven and warewash exhaust.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.     Division 23 Section "HVAC Equipment Insulation."
           2.     Division 23 Section "HVAC Piping Insulation."
           3.     Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Concealed Duct: Duct located within chases, soffits, return air (ceiling) plenums, and other concealed
           locations of a similar fashion.

      B.   Exposed Duct: Duct exposed to view within the conditioned spaces.

      C.   Conditioned Space: Space with active heating and cooling maintaining a space temperature set point
           anywhere between 55 degree F and 85 degree F. Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms and ceiling
           plenums are NOT conditioned spaces.


1.4        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance
           thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied if any).




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                      DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           230713 - 1
1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program
           or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and
           Training.

      B.   Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical
           products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
           Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers,
           with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

           1.     Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50
                  or less.
           2.     Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of
                  150 or less.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM
           standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.


1.7        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23
           Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

      B.   Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before preparing
           ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and
           field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.

      C.   Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.


1.8        SCHEDULING

      A.   Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and
           testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results.

      B.   Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
           construction.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        INSULATION MATERIALS

      A.   Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," and "Indoor Duct and Plenum
           Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.

      B.   Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                         DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              230713 - 2
      C.   Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50
           ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

      D.   Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to
           ASTM C 795.

      E.   Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process.

      F.   Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply
           with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, [Type III with factory-applied FSK jacket or Type III
           with factory-applied FSP jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied
           Jackets" Article.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap.
                  b.     Johns Manville; Microlite.
                  c.     Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap.
                  d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.
                  e.     Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap.

      G.   Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with
           ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory-
           applied ASJ where field finishing is required or with factory-applied FSK jacket. Factory-applied jacket
           requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board.
                  b.     Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX.
                  c.     Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas.
                  d.     Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board.
                  e.     Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board.
                  f.     Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.


2.2        FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEMS

      A.   Fire-Rated Blanket: High-temperature, flexible, blanket insulation with FSK jacket that is tested and
           certified to provide a [1] [2]-hour fire rating by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
           Comply with ASTM E 2336.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     CertainTeed Corp.; FlameChek.
                  b.     Johns Manville; Firetemp Wrap.
                  c.     Nelson Fire Stop Products; Nelson FSB Flameshield Blanket.
                  d.     Thermal Ceramics; FireMaster Duct Wrap.
                  e.     3M; Fire Barrier Wrap Products.
                  f.     Unifrax Corporation; FyreWrap.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                         DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              230713 - 3
2.3        ADHESIVES

      A.   Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation
           to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-127.
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         60/85-70.
                  d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

           2.     For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      C.   FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap
           seams and joints.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-82.
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         50.
                  d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

      D.   PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone.
                  b.     Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive.
                  c.     P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive.
                  d.     Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive.


2.4        MASTICS

      A.   Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-
           19565C, Type II.

      B.   Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-
                         80/30-90.
                  b.     Vimasco Corporation; 749.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                          DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                               230713 - 4
           2.     Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
                  thickness.
           3.     Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
           4.     Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
           5.     Color: White.


2.5        SEALANTS

      A.   FSK Jacket Flashing Sealants:

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-76.
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-
                         44.
                  d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.

           2.     Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
           3.     Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
           4.     Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
           5.     Color: Aluminum.


2.6        FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

      A.   Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-
           applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
           1.      FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying
                   with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
           2.      FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying
                   with ASTM C 1136, Type II.


2.7        FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

      A.   Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C;
           thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in
           field-applied jacket schedules.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Johns Manville; Zeston.
                  b.     P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.
                  c.     Proto Corporation; LoSmoke.
                  d.     Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.

           2.     Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
           3.     Color: White, except in occupied conditioned spaces where color shall be as selected by
                  Architect.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                            DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                 230713 - 5
2.8        TAPES

      A.   FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
           complying with ASTM C 1136.

           1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                    a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK.
                    b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.
                    c.     Compac Corporation; 110 and 111.
                    d.     Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.

           2.       Width: 3 inches.
           3.       Thickness: 6.5 mils.
           4.       Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.       Elongation: 2 percent.
           6.       Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
           7.       FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.


2.9        SECUREMENTS

      A.   Bands:

           1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                    into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                    a.     ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.
                    b.     RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs.

           2.       Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick,
                    3/4 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
           3.       Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4
                    inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
           4.       Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal
                    bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.

      B.   Insulation Pins and Hangers:

           1.       Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-
                    discharge welding, 0.135-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.

                    a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                           1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
                           2)     GEMCO; CD.
                           3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD.
                           4)     Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.

           2.       Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed
                    for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation
                    indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer.

                    a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                          DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                               230713 - 6
                         1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; CHP-1.
                         2)     GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin.
                         3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head.
                         4)     Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.

           3.     Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick, galvanized-
                  steel or aluminum sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place
                  but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.

                  a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                         1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150.
                         2)     GEMCO; R-150.
                         3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150.
                         4)     Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.

                  b.     Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure
                         permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.

      C.   Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel.

      D.   Wire: 0.080-inch nickel-copper alloy, 0.062-inch soft-annealed, stainless steel or 0.062-inch soft-
           annealed, galvanized steel.


2.10       CORNER ANGLES

      A.   Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to
           ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14.

      B.   Stainless-Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, stainless steel according to
           ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
           conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

           1.     Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
           2.     Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely
           affect insulation application.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                         DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              230713 - 7
3.3        GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of
           voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings.

      B.   Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of
           duct system as specified in insulation system schedules.

      C.   Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories
           that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

      D.   Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

      E.   Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

      F.   Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

      G.   Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive
           recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

      H.   Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

      I.   Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports,
           anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.

           1.     Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
           2.     For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs
                  from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal
                  ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
           3.     Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation
                  inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

      J.   Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry
           film thicknesses.

      K.   Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:

           1.     Draw jacket tight and smooth.
           2.     Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure
                  strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
           3.     Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-
                  sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c.

                  a.      For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

           4.     Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
                  instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
           5.     Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends
                  adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.

      L.   Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

      M.   Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to
           thermal movement.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                              DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                   230713 - 8
      N.   Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches
           at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.


3.4        PENETRATIONS

      A.   Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations.

           1.     Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
           2.     For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal
                  with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for
                  outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
           3.     Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof
                  flashing.
           4.     Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.

      B.   Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations:         Install insulation continuously
           through wall penetrations.

           1.     Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
           2.     For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal
                  with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for
                  outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
           3.     Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2
                  inches.
           4.     Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.

      C.   Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install
           insulation continuously through walls and partitions.

      D.   Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper
           sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match
           adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches.

           1.     Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping"irestopping and fire-
                  resistive joint sealers.

      E.   Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:

           1.     Duct: For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves
                  and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap
                  damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches.
           2.     Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section
                  "Penetration Firestopping."


3.5        INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION

      A.   Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.

           1.     Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100
                  percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
           2.     Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                           DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                230713 - 9
         3.     Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor-
                discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows:

                a.     On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal
                       centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c.
                b.     On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way,
                       and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation
                       tightly against surface at cross bracing.
                c.     Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.
                d.     Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
                e.     Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers.
                f.     Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation
                       surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

         4.     For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken
                vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by
                removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent
                insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier
                consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints,
                seams, and protrusions.

                a.     Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-barrier seal.
                b.     Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals.
                       Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over
                       insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face
                       and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less
                       than 3 inches.

         5.     Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end
                joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.
         6.     Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each
                surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut
                to fit the elbow.
         7.     Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-
                wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger,
                and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.

   B.    Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.

         1.     Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100
                percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
         2.     Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions.
         3.     Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor-
                discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows:

                a.     On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal
                       centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c.
                b.     On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way,
                       and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation
                       tightly against surface at cross bracing.
                c.     Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.
                d.     Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
                e.     Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation
                       surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                          DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              230713 - 10
           4.     For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken
                  vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by
                  removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent
                  insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier
                  consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints,
                  seams, and protrusions.

                  a.     Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-barrier seal.
                  b.     Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals.
                         Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over
                         insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face
                         and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less
                         than 3 inches.

           5.     Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each
                  surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of
                  elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut
                  to fit the elbow.
           6.     Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-
                  wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger,
                  and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.


3.6        FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION

      A.   Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for
           horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal
           with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

           1.     Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish
                  bead along seam and joint edge.


3.7        FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION

      A.   Where fire-rated insulation system is indicated, secure system to ducts and duct hangers and supports to
           maintain a continuous fire rating.

      B.   Insulate duct access panels and doors to achieve same fire rating as duct.

      C.   Install firestopping at penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Fire-stop systems are specified in
           Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."


3.8        FINISHES

      A.   Exposed duct in occupied conditioned spaces that is not required to have a field installed PVC jacket shall
           have the insulation ASJ or other Paintable Jacket material painted with a color selected by Architect

      B.   Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below
           and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections.

           1.     Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and
                  finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                            DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                230713 - 11
                  a.     Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.


3.9        DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

      A.   Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation:

           1.     Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air.
           2.     Indoor, exposed outdoor air.
           3.     Indoor, exposed supply air located in unconditioned space.
           4.     Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space.
           5.     Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space.
           6.     Indoor, concealed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust.
           7.     Indoor, exposed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust.
           8.     Indoor, concealed oven and warewash exhaust.
           9.     Indoor, exposed oven and warewash exhaust.

      B.   Items Not Insulated:
           1.     Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and
                  ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. Refer to Division 23 Section “Metal Ducts.”
           2.     Factory-insulated flexible ducts.
           3.     Factory-insulated plenums and casings.
           4.     Flexible connectors.
           5.     Factory-insulated access panels and doors.


3.10       INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE

      A.   Concealed, supply/return-air duct and plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
           1.    Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
           2.    Mineral-Fiber Board (For use with Rectangular Duct): 1-1/2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal
                 density.

      B.   Concealed, outdoor-air duct and plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
           1.    Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
           2.    Mineral-Fiber Board (For use with Rectangular Duct): 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal
                 density.

      C.   Concealed, oven and warewash exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

           1.     Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
           2.     Mineral-Fiber Board: 1-1/2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

      D.   Concealed, Type I, Commercial, Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct and Plenum Insulation: Fire-rated blanket
           or board; thickness as required to achieve 2-hour fire rating.

      E.   Exposed in unconditioned space, supply/return-air duct and plenum insulation shall be one of the
           following:
           1.     Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
           2.     Mineral-Fiber Board (For use with Rectangular Duct): 1-1/2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal
                  density.

      F.   Exposed, outdoor-air duct and plenum insulation shall be one of the following:
           1.    Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                           DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                               230713 - 12
         2.     Mineral-Fiber Board (For use with Rectangular Duct): 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal
                density.

   G.    Exposed, exhaust-air duct and plenum insulation between system back draft damper and penetration of
         building exterior or all duct within 20 feet of building exterior penetration whichever is less shall be one
         of the following listed below. Exhaust-air duct for heat recovery systems shall be one of the following
         listed below.
         1.      Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
         2.      Mineral-Fiber Board (For use with Rectangular Duct): 1-1/2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal
                 density.

   H.    Exposed, oven and warewash exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
         1.    Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
         2.    Mineral-Fiber Board (For use with Rectangular Duct): 1-1/2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal
               density.

   I.    Exposed, Type I, Commercial, Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct and Plenum Insulation: Fire-rated blanket or
         board; thickness as required to achieve 2-hour fire rating.


3.11     INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

   A.    Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied
         jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

   B.    If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

   C.    Ducts and Plenums, Exposed between finished floor and 10 feet above finished floor:
         1.     PVC : 30 mils thick.


END OF SECTION 230713




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                              DUCT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                  230713 - 13
SECTION 230716 - HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


   1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

   A.    Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
         Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


   1.2        SUMMARY

   A.    Section includes insulating the following HVAC equipment that is not factory insulated:
         1.     Heating, hot-water pumps.
         2.     Air separators.

   B.    Related Sections:

         1.     Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation."
         2.     Division 23 Section "HVAC Piping Insulation."


   1.3        ACTION SUBMITTALS

   A.    Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance
         thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied if any).


   1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   A.    Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program
         or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and
         Training.

   B.    Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical
         products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
         Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers,
         with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

         1.     Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50
                or less.
         2.     Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of
                150 or less.


   1.5        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

   A.    Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM
         standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230716230716 - 1
   1.6        COORDINATION

   A.    Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23
         Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

   B.    Coordinate clearance requirements with equipment Installer for equipment insulation application.

   C.    Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.


   1.7        SCHEDULING

   A.    Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and
         testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results.

   B.    Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
         construction.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


   2.1        INSULATION MATERIALS

   A.    Comply with requirements in "Breeching Insulation Schedule" and "Equipment Insulation Schedule"
         articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.

   B.    Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.

   C.    Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than
         50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

   D.    Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to
         ASTM C 795.

   E.    Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process.

   F.

   G.    Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials.       Comply with
         ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.     Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel.
                b.     Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
                c.     K-Flex USA; Insul-Sheet and K-FLEX LS.

   H.    Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply
         with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory-applied FSK jacket or Type III with
         factory-applied FSP jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied
         Jackets" Article.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                       HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                230716230716 - 2
         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.     CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap.
                b.     Johns Manville; Microlite.
                c.     Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap.
                d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.
                e.     Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap.

   I.    Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with
         ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. Provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ . Factory-applied
         jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.     CertainTeed Corp.; CertaPro Commercial Board.
                b.     Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX.
                c.     Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas.
                d.     Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board.
                e.     Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board.
                f.     Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.

   J.    Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
         Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA
         Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. or
         more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factory-
         applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.     CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.
                b.     Johns Manville; MicroFlex.
                c.     Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.
                d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex.
                e.     Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.


   2.2        INSULATING CEMENTS

   A.    Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                a.     Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik.


   2.3        ADHESIVES

   A.    Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation
         to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.

   B.    Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                         HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230716230716 - 3
         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.      Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal.
                b.      Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive.
                c.      Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                        75.
                d.      K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive.

   C.    Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.      Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                        CP-127.
                b.      Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
                c.      Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                        60/85-70.
                d.      Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

   D.    ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding
         insulation jacket lap seams and joints.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.      Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                        CP-82.
                b.      Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
                c.      Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                        50.
                d.      Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.


   2.4        MASTICS

   A.    Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-
         19565C, Type II.

   B.    Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                a.      Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H .B. Fuller Company; 30-
                        80/30-90.
                b.      Vimasco Corporation; 749.

         2.     Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
                thickness.
         3.     Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
         4.     Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
         5.     Color: White.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230716230716 - 4
         6.


   2.5        SEALANTS


   2.6        FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

   A.    Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-
         applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:

         1.     ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with
                ASTM C 1136, Type I.
         2.     FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying
                with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
         3.     FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying
                with ASTM C 1136, Type II.


   2.7        FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

   A.    Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.

   B.    PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C;
         thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in
         field-applied jacket schedules.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.       Johns Manville; Zeston.
                b.       P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.
                c.       Proto Corporation; LoSmoke.
                d.       Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.

         2.     Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
         3.     Color: Color as selected by Architect.
         4.     Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.

   C.    Metal Jacket:

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.       Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         Metal Jacketing Systems.
                b.       ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing.
                c.       RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate.

         2.     Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14.

                a.       Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing.
                b.       Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230716230716 - 5
                c.     Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and
                       kraft paper.
                d.     Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers:

                       1)     Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket.
                       2)     Preformed two-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows.
                       3)     Tee covers.
                       4)     Flange and union covers.
                       5)     End caps.
                       6)     Beveled collars.
                       7)     Valve covers.
                       8)     Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not
                              available.


   2.8        TAPES

   A.    ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying
         with ASTM C 1136.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.
                b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.
                c.     Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.
                d.     Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.

         2.     Width: 3 inches.
         3.     Thickness: 11.5 mils.
         4.     Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
         5.     Elongation: 2 percent.
         6.     Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
         7.     ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

   B.    FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
         complying with ASTM C 1136.

         1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK.
                b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.
                c.     Compac Corporation; 110 and 111.
                d.     Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.

         2.     Width: 3 inches.
         3.     Thickness: 6.5 mils.
         4.     Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
         5.     Elongation: 2 percent.
         6.     Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
         7.     FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                      HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230716230716 - 6
   2.9        SECUREMENTS

   A.    Bands:

         1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.
                  b.     RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs.

         2.       Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick,
                  3/4 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
         3.       Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4
                  inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
         4.       Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal
                  bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.

   B.    Insulation Pins and Hangers:

         1.       Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-
                  discharge welding, 0.135-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.

                  a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :

                         1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
                         2)     GEMCO; CD.
                         3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD.
                         4)     Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.

         2.       Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed
                  for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation
                  indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer.

                  a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                         1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; CHP-1.
                         2)     GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin.
                         3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head.
                         4)     Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.

         3.       Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick, galvanized-
                  steel or aluminum sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place
                  but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.

                  a.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following :

                         1)     AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150.
                         2)     GEMCO; R-150.
                         3)     Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150.
                         4)     Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                         HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230716230716 - 7
                 b.     Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure
                        permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.

   C.     Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel.

   D.     Wire: 0.080-inch nickel-copper alloy, 0.062-inch soft-annealed, stainless steel or 0.062-inch soft-
          annealed, galvanized steel.


   2.10        CORNER ANGLES

   A.     PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784,
          Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface.

   B.     Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to
          ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14.

   C.     Stainless-Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, stainless steel according to
          ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


   3.1         EXAMINATION

   A.     Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
          conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

          1.     Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
          2.     Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.

   B.     Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


   3.2         PREPARATION

   A.     Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely
          affect insulation application.

   B.     Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion
          coating to insulated surfaces as follows:

          1.     Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy
                 finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F. Consult
                 coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating
                 temperature range.
          2.     Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with
                 an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application
                 methods for operating temperature range.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                          HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                   230716230716 - 8
   C.    Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for
         heat tracing that apply to insulation.

   D.    Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-
         steel surfaces, use demineralized water.


   3.3        GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

   A.    Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of
         voids throughout the length of equipment.

   B.    Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each
         item of equipment as specified in insulation system schedules.

   C.    Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories
         that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

   D.    Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

   E.    Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

   F.    Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

   G.    Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive
         recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

   H.    Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

   I.    Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports,
         anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.

         1.     Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
         2.     For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs
                from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal
                ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
         3.     Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation
                inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
         4.     Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent insulation. Install shields over jacket,
                arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

   J.    Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry
         film thicknesses.

   K.    Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:

         1.     Draw jacket tight and smooth.
         2.     Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure
                strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
         3.     Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-
                sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                     230716230716 - 9
                a.     For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

         4.     Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
                instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
         5.     Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints.

   L.    Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

   M.    Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to
         thermal movement.

   N.    Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches
         at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.

   O.    For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
         1.     Testing agency labels and stamps.
         2.     Nameplates and data plates.
         3.     Manholes.
         4.     Handholes.
         5.     Cleanouts.


   3.4        INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION

   A.    Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Secure insulation with
         adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers.

         1.     Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100
                percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces.
         2.     Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including
                contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints.
         3.     Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles.
         4.     Install adhesively attached or self-sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks
                and vessels as follows:

                a.     Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels.
                b.     Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and
                       with substrate.
                c.     On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor-pin spacing is 3 inches from insulation end joints,
                       and 16 inches o.c. in both directions.
                d.     Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
                e.     Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks and vessels.
                f.     Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers.
                g.     Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation
                       surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

         5.     Secure each layer of insulation with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material
                compatible with insulation materials.
         6.     Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where
                insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch
                prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or
                breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches from


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                         HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230716230716 - 10
                 each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches o.c. Install a wire
                 ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed
                 aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional
                 circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches
                 o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands.
         7.      Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches.
         8.      Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and
                 other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection.
         9.      Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates.
         10.     For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends, joints, seams,
                 breaks, and punctures in insulation.

   B.    Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Install insulation over entire
         surface of tanks and vessels.

         1.      Apply 100 percent coverage of adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
         2.      Seal longitudinal seams and end joints.

   C.    Insulation Installation on Pumps:

         1.      Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with
                 splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6-inch
                 centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-inch- diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively,
                 secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism.
         2.      Fabricate boxes from galvanized steel , at least 0.050 inch thick.
         3.      For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal
                 between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier.


   3.5         FINISHES

   A.    Equipment exposed in mechanical rooms (i.e. fan rooms, boiler room, chiller room, etc…) that is not
         required to have a PVC jacket shall have the insulation ASJ or other Paintable Jacket material painted to
         match Color Coding by system type.

         1.      Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and
                 finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.

                 a.       Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

   B.    Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.


   3.6         COLOR CODING

   A.    Where jackets are to be colored or painted by system type the following colors shall apply:

         1.      Domestic Cold Water and Non-potable Water                             White
         2.      Domestic Hot Water                                                    Pink
         3.      Domestic Hot Water Recirculation                                      Purple
         4.      Heating Hot Water Supply                                              Brown
         5.      Heating Hot Water Return                                              Tan


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                             HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230716230716 - 11
         6.     Low Pressure Steam                                                  Red
         7.     Low Pressure Steam Return/Condensate                                Orange


   3.7        EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE

   A.    Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of
         equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

   B.    Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment that is not factory insulated.

   C.    Heating-hot-water pump insulation shall be one of the following:
         1.    Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

   D.    Heating-hot-water air-separator insulation shall be one of the following:
         1.    Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
         2.    Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 2 inches thick.


END OF SECTION 230716




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                         HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                  230716230716 - 12
SECTION 230719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems:

           1.     Condensate drain piping, indoors.
           2.     Heating hot-water piping, indoors.
           3.     Steam and steam condensate piping, indoors.
           4.     Refrigerant suction and hot-gas piping, indoors and outdoors.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.     Division 23 Section "HVAC Equipment Insulation."
           2.     Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation."


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance
           thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any).


1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program
           or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and
           Training.

      B.   Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical
           products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
           jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement
           material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

           1.     Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50
                  or less.
           2.     Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of
                  150 or less.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                          HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230719 - 1
1.5        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM
           standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.


1.6        COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23
           Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

      B.   Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before
           preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of
           insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.

      C.   Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.


1.7        SCHEDULING

      A.   Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and
           testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results.

      B.   Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
           construction.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        INSULATION MATERIALS

      A.   Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation
           Schedule," articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.

      B.   Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.

      C.   Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50
           ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

      D.   Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to
           ASTM C 795.

      E.   Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process.

      F.   Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials.         Comply with
           ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel.
                  b.     Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
                  c.     K-Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K-FLEX LS.
                  d.     .

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       230719 - 2
      G.   Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply
           with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory-applied FSK jacket or III with
           factory-applied FSP jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied
           Jackets" Article.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap.
                  b.     Johns Manville; Microlite.
                  c.     Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap.
                  d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.
                  e.     Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap.
                  f.     .

      H.   Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the
                  following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
                  to, the following]:

                  a.     Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200.
                  b.     Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
                  c.     Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree Pipe Insulation.
                  d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K.
                  e.     Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
                  f.     .
                  g.

      I.   Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
           Semirigid board material with factory-applied [ASJ] [FSK jacket] complying with ASTM C 1393,
           Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is
           2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or
           less. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]:

                  a.     CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.
                  b.     Johns Manville; MicroFlex.
                  c.     Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.
                  d.     Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex.
                  e.     Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.
                  f.     .


2.2        INSULATING CEMENTS

      A.   Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230719 - 3
2.3        ADHESIVES

      A.   Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation
           to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal.
                  b.     Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         75.
                  d.     K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive.

           2.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-127.
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-
                         60/85-70.
                  d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
                  e.     .


2.4        MASTICS

      A.   Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-
           19565C, Type II.

           1.     For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated
                  according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

      B.   Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-
                         80/30-90.
                  b.     Vimasco Corporation; 749.
                  c.     .

           2.     Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
                  thickness.
           3.     Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
           4.     Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
           5.     Color: White.

      C.   Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230719 - 4
                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-30.
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 501.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-
                         35.
                  d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-10.
                  e.     .

           2.     Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 35-mil dry film thickness.
           3.     Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F.
           4.     Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight.
           5.     Color: White.

      D.   Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below-ambient services.

           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         Encacel.
                  b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 570.
                  c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 60-
                         95/60-96.

           2.     Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30-mil dry film thickness.
           3.     Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F.
           4.     Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight.
           5.     Color: White.


2.5        LAGGING ADHESIVES

      A.   Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation
           materials, jackets, and substrates.
           1.     Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

                  a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                         CP-50 AHV2.
                  b.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-
                         36.
                  c.     Vimasco Corporation; 713 and 714.

           2.     Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire-resistant
                  lagging cloths over pipe insulation.
           3.     Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F.
           4.     Color: White.


2.6        SEALANTS

      A.   Joint Sealants:

           1.     Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, and Polyisocyanurate Products: Subject to compliance
                  with requirements, provide one of the following:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                          HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230719 - 5
                 a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                        CP-76.
                 b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405.
                 c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-
                        45.
                 d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
                 e.     Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444.
                 f.     .

           2.    Joint Sealants for Polystyrene Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of
                 the following:

                 a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                        CP-70.
                 b.     Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405.
                 c.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-
                        45.
                 d.     Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
                 e.     .

           3.    Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
           4.    Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant.
           5.    Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F.
           6.    Color: White or gray.


2.7        FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

      A.   Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-
           applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:

           1.    ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with
                 ASTM C 1136, Type I.
           2.    ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a
                 removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
           3.    FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying
                 with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
           4.    FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying
                 with ASTM C 1136, Type II.


2.8        FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH

      A.   Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10
           strands/sq. in. for covering pipe and pipe fittings.

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                        Chil-Glas Number 10.

      B.   Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq.
           in., in a Leno weave, for pipe.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230719 - 6
           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company;
                        Mast-A-Fab.
                 b.     Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894.


2.9        FIELD-APPLIED CLOTHS

      A.   Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum
           of 8 oz./sq. yd..

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     Alpha Associates, Inc.; Alpha-Maritex 84215 and 84217/9485RW, Luben 59.


2.10       TAPES

      A.   ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying
           with ASTM C 1136.

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.
                 b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.
                 c.     Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.
                 d.     Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.

           2.    Width: 3 inches.
           3.    Thickness: 11.5 mils.
           4.    Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.    Elongation: 2 percent.
           6.    Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
           7.    ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

      B.   FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
           complying with ASTM C 1136.

           1.    Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                 into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK.
                 b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.
                 c.     Compac Corporation; 110 and 111.
                 d.     Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.

           2.    Width: 3 inches.
           3.    Thickness: 6.5 mils.
           4.    Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
           5.    Elongation: 2 percent.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                          HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230719 - 7
         6.       Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
         7.       FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.

   C.    Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive.

         1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 488 AWF.
                  b.     Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800.
                  c.     Compac Corporation; 120.
                  d.     Venture Tape; 3520 CW.

         2.       Width: 2 inches.
         3.       Thickness: 3.7 mils.
         4.       Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width.
         5.       Elongation: 5 percent.
         6.       Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width.

   D.    PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive.

         1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape.

         2.       Width: 3 inches.
         3.       Film Thickness: 4 mils.
         4.       Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils.
         5.       Elongation at Break: 145 percent.
         6.       Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width.

   E.    PVDC Tape for Outdoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive.

         1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Tape.

         2.       Width: 3 inches.
         3.       Film Thickness: 6 mils.
         4.       Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils.
         5.       Elongation at Break: 145 percent.
         6.       Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width.


2.11     SECUREMENTS

   A.    Bands:

         1.       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
                  into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230719 - 8
                  b.     RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs.

           2.     Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick,
                  1/2 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
           3.     Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 1/2
                  inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
           4.     Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal
                  bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.

      B.   Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch wide, stainless steel or Monel.

      C.   Wire: 0.080-inch nickel-copper alloy.

           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
                  products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  a.     C & F Wire.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
           conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

           1.     Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
           2.     Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
           3.     Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely
           affect insulation application.

      B.   Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion
           coating to insulated surfaces as follows:

           1.     Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy
                  finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F. Consult
                  coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating
                  temperature range.
           2.     Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with
                  an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application
                  methods for operating temperature range.

      C.   Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for
           heat tracing that apply to insulation.

      D.   Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-
           steel surfaces, use demineralized water.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                            HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230719 - 9
3.3        GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of
           voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.

      B.   Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each
           item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.

      C.   Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories
           that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

      D.   Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

      E.   Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

      F.   Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.

      G.   Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

      H.   Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive
           recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

      I.   Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

      J.   Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports,
           anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.

           1.     Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
           2.     For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs
                  from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal
                  ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
           3.     Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation
                  inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
           4.     Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket,
                  arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

      K.   Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry
           film thicknesses.

      L.   Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:

           1.     Draw jacket tight and smooth.
           2.     Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure
                  strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
           3.     Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams
                  at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward
                  clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c.

                  a.      For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

           4.     Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
                  instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
           5.     Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends
                  adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                               HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          230719 - 10
      M.   Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

      N.   Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to
           thermal movement.

      O.   Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches
           at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.

      P.   For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
           1.     Testing agency labels and stamps.
           2.     Nameplates and data plates.
           3.     Manholes.
           4.     Handholes.
           5.     Cleanouts.


3.4        PENETRATIONS

      A.   Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations.

           1.     Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
           2.     For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal
                  with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for
                  outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
           3.     Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof
                  flashing.
           4.     Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.

      B.   Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve
           seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.

      C.   Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations:         Install insulation continuously
           through wall penetrations.

           1.     Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
           2.     For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal
                  with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for
                  outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
           3.     Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2
                  inches.
           4.     Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.

      D.   Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install
           insulation continuously through walls and partitions.

      E.   Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously
           through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.

           1.     Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and
                  fire-resistive joint sealers.

      F.   Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:

           1.     Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                             HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230719 - 11
           2.     Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section
                  "Penetration Firestopping."


3.5        GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION

      A.   Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific
           requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.

      B.   Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:

           1.     Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
                  continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated.
           2.     Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same
                  material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against
                  adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with
                  insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining
                  pipe insulation.
           3.     Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material
                  and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section
                  closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive.
           4.     Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material,
                  density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less
                  than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For
                  valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill
                  joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.
           5.     Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material,
                  density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less
                  than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill
                  joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket
                  flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket.
                  Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that
                  maintains vapor barrier.
           6.     Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap
                  adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
                  diameter, whichever is thicker.
           7.     Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic.
                  Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient
                  services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and
                  well-shaped contour.
           8.     For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and
                  polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions.
                  Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC
                  tape.
           9.     Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and
                  color of pipe labels.

      C.   Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test
           connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these
           connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing
           cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.

      D.   Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           230719 - 12
           1.     Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as
                  that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation.
           2.     When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from
                  flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on
                  each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-steel or aluminum bands.
                  Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.
           3.     Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-
                  part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
           4.     When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks
                  wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with
                  tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve.
                  Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover
                  assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel
                  second coat to a smooth finish.


3.6        INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION

      A.   Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:

           1.     Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming
                  insulation materials.
           2.     Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with
                  vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
           3.     For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient services, secure laps with outward-
                  clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
           4.     For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient services, do not staple longitudinal
                  tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material
                  manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

      B.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:

           1.     Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
           2.     Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
                  thickness of pipe insulation.
           3.     Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent
                  straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of same thickness as
                  pipe insulation.
           4.     Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch,
                  and seal joints with flashing sealant.

      C.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:

           1.     Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available.
                  Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.
           2.     When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular-glass
                  insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.

      D.   Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:

           1.     Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body.
           2.     Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing
                  insulation.
           3.     Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                             HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230719 - 13
3.7        INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION

      A.   Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings
           in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

      B.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:

           1.     Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
           2.     Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
                  thickness of pipe insulation.
           3.     Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent
                  straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.
           4.     Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
                  eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

      C.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:

           1.     Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
           2.     Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
                  eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

      D.   Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:

           1.     Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available.
           2.     When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to
                  valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
                  disturbing insulation.
           3.     Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
           4.     Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended
                  adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.


3.8        INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION

      A.   Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:

           1.     Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands
                  without deforming insulation materials.
           2.     Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with
                  vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
           3.     For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward-
                  clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
           4.     For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal
                  tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material
                  manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

      B.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:

           1.     Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
           2.     Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
                  thickness of pipe insulation.
           3.     Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent
                  straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230719 - 14
           4.     Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch,
                  and seal joints with flashing sealant.

      C.   Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:

           1.     Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available.
           2.     When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe
                  insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire
                  or bands.

      D.   Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:

           1.     Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available.
           2.     When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve
                  body.
           3.     Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing
                  insulation.
           4.     Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.


3.9        FINISHES

      A.   Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system
           identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections.

           1.     Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and
                  finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.

                  a.     Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

      B.   Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation
           manufacturer's recommended protective coating.

      C.   Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the
           completed Work.

      D.   Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.


3.10       PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

      A.   Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping
           system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from
           materials listed is Contractor's option.

      B.   Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:

           1.     Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
           2.     Underground piping.
           3.     Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.


3.11       INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                             HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230719 - 15
Minimum Pipe Insulation Thicknessa
Heating Systems (Steam, Steam Condensate, and Hot Water)b,c
                         Insulation Conductivity                 Nominal Pipe or Tube Size (in.)
     Fluid Design
     Operating Temp.     Conductivity    Mean Rating <1          1 to 1-  1-1/2 to 4 to 8        >8
     Range (°F)          (Btu in./h ft2  Temp (°F)               1/2      4
                         °F)
     Heating Systems (Steam, Steam Condensate, and Hot Water)b,c

       141 – 200            0.25 – 0.29      125              1.0        2.0        2.0        3.0          3.0

       105 – 140            0.22 – 0.28      100              1.0        1.0        2.0        2.0          2.0


       Domestic and Service Hot-Water Systems

       105+                 0.22 – 0.28      100              1.0        1.0        2.0        2.0          2.0

       Cooling Systems (Chilled Water, Brine, and Refrigerant)d

       40 – 60              0.22 – 0.28      100              0.5        1.0        1.0        1.0          1.5

       <40                  0.22 – 0.28      100              0.5        1.0        1.0        1.0          1.5

a
  For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows:
T = r {(1 + t/r) K/k – 1}
where T = minimum insulation thickness (in.), r = actual outside radius of pipe (in.), t = insulation thickness listed in
this table for applicable fluid temperature (Btu in. [h ft2 (°F)]); and k = the upper value of the conductivity range
listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.
b
  These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Additional insulation is sometimes required
relative to safety issues/surface temperature.
c
  Piping insulation is not required between the control valve and coil on run-outs when the control valve is located
within 4 ft of the coil and the pipe size is 1 in. or less.
d
  These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Issues such as water vapor permeability or
surface condensation sometimes require vapor retarders or additional insulation


3.12         OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE

    A.       Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping:

             1.    All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:

                   a.     Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick.
                   b.     Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick.
                   c.     Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 2 inches thick.

    B.       Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing:

             1.    All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:

                   a.     Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           230719 - 16
END OF SECTION 230719




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools   HVAC PIPING INSULATION
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                              230719 - 17
SECTION 230800 - COMMISSIONING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1     Summary

         A.       Commissioning is a comprehensive and systematic process to verify that the building systems
                  perform as designed to meet the owner’s requirements.          Commissioning during the
                  construction, acceptance, and warranty phases is intended to achieve the following specific
                  objectives:


                  1.       Verify and document that equipment is installed and started per manufacturer’s
                           recommendations and to industry accepted minimum standards.
                  2.       Verify and document that equipment and systems receive complete operational
                           checkout by installing contractors.
                  3.       Verify and document equipment and system performance.
                  4.       Verify the completeness of operations and maintenance materials.
                  5.       Ensure that the owner’s operating personnel are adequately trained on the operation
                           and maintenance of building equipment.

         B.       The commissioning process does not take away from or reduce the responsibility of the system
                  designers or installing contractors to provide a finished and fully functioning product. The
                  general contractor (and their sub-contractors) shall include cost for their involvement in the
                  commissioning process including demonstration of installed equipment to the commissioning
                  team members during the acceptance portion of the project, and other responsibilities as
                  described in the specification.

1.2     Coordination

         A.       Commissioning Team. The members of the commissioning team consist of the Commissioning
                  Authority (CA), the Owner’s Representative (PM), the General Contractor (GC or Contractor),
                  the Architect and Design Engineers (A/E), the Mechanical Contractor (MC), the Electrical
                  Contractor (EC), the TAB representative (TAB), the Controls Contractor (CC), the Owner’s
                  maintenance staff, and any other installing subcontractors or suppliers of equipment.

1.3     Responsibilities

         A.       The responsibilities of various parties in the commissioning process are provided in this section.
                   The responsibilities of the Mechanical Contractor, TAB and Controls Contractor are in
                  Division 23 and those of the Electrical Contractor in Division 26. It is noted that the services
                  for the Project Manager, Design Team, and Commissioning Authority are not provided for in
                  this contract. That is, the Contractor is not responsible for providing their services. Their
                  responsibilities are listed here to clarify the commissioning process.

         B.       All Parties

                  1.       Attend commissioning scoping meeting and additional meetings, as necessary.

         C.       Architect (A/E)



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                     COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        230800- 1
                Construction and Acceptance Phase


                 1.      Attend the commissioning scoping meeting and selected commissioning team
                         meetings.
                 2.      Perform normal submittal review, construction observation, as-built drawing
                         preparation, O&M manual preparation, etc., as contracted.
                 3.      Provide design narrative documentation requested by the CA.
                 4.      Coordinate resolution of system deficiencies identified during commissioning,
                         according to the contract documents.
                 5.      Prepare and submit final as-built design intent documentation for inclusion in the
                         O&M manuals. Review and approve the O&M manuals.

                Warranty Period

                 6.      Coordinate resolution of design non-conformance and design deficiencies identified
                         during warranty period commissioning.

         D.      Mechanical and Electrical Designers/Engineers (A/E)

                Construction and Acceptance Phase


                 1.      Perform normal submittal review, construction observation, as-built drawing
                         preparation, etc., as contracted.
                 2.      Provide design narrative and sequences documentation requested by the CA.
                 3.      Attend commissioning scoping meetings and other selected commissioning team
                         meetings.
                 4.      Participate in the resolution of system deficiencies identified during commissioning,
                         according to the contract documents.
                 5.      Prepare and submit the final as-built design intent and operating parameters
                         documentation for inclusion in the O&M manuals. Review and approve the O&M
                         manuals.

                Warranty Period

                 6.      Participate in the resolution of non-compliance, non-conformance and design
                         deficiencies identified during warranty period commissioning.

         E.      Commissioning Authority (CA)

                The CA is not responsible for design concept, design criteria, compliance with codes, design or
                general construction scheduling, cost estimating, or construction management. The CA may
                assist with problem-solving non-conformance or deficiencies, but ultimately that responsibility
                resides with the General Contractor and the A/E team. The primary role of the CA is to develop
                and coordinate the execution of a testing plan, observe and document performance—that systems
                are functioning in accordance with the documented design intent and the Contract Documents.

                Construction and Acceptance Phase




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                 COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230800- 2
                 1.      Coordinates and directs all commissioning activities in a logical and efficient manner.
                         Work with the GC and PM to ensure that commissioning activities are being
                         scheduled.
                 2.      Revise, as necessary, the Commissioning Plan.
                 3.      Plan and conduct a commissioning scoping meeting.
                 4.      Request and review additional information required to perform commissioning tasks,
                         including O&M materials, contractor start-up and checkout procedures, and sequences
                         of operation.
                 5.      Review Contractor submittals applicable to systems being commissioned for
                         compliance with commissioning needs, concurrent with the A/E reviews.
                 6.      Develop start-up and checkout plan with Subs. Write and distribute pre-functional
                         checklists.
                 7.      Perform site visits, as necessary, to observe component and system installations. Attend
                         selected planning and job-site meetings to obtain information on construction progress.

                 8.      Review completed pre-functional checklist and start-up reports for owner approval.
                 9.      Coordinate any start-up requirements with TAB contractor.
                 10.     Write the functional performance test procedures for equipment and systems. Submit
                         to PM and A/E for review.
                 11.     Coordinate, witness, and document functional performance tests performed by
                         installing contractors. Coordinate retesting as necessary until satisfactory performance
                         is achieved. [NOTE: CA will attend only one re-test – additional retests beyond one
                         will be the responsibility of the GC to compensate the additional costs of the CA.]
                 12.     Maintain a master deficiency and resolution record. Provide the PM with written
                         progress reports and test results with recommended actions.
                 13.     Review the training of the Owner’s operating personnel.
                 14.     Review the preparation of the O&M manuals.
                 15.     Provide a final commissioning report.

                Warranty Period


                 16.     Coordinate and supervise required seasonal or deferred testing and deficiency
                         corrections.
                 17.     Assist in the development of a preventative maintenance plan and review as-built
                         documentation.

         F.      Owner’s Project Manager (PM)

                Construction and Acceptance Phase


                 1.      Manage the contract of the A/E, GC, and of the CA.
                 2.      Arrange for facility operating and maintenance personnel to attend various field
                         commissioning activities and field training sessions according to the Commissioning
                         Plan.
                 3.      Provide final approval for the completion of the commissioning work.

                Warranty Period

                 4.      Ensure that any seasonal or deferred testing and any deficiency issues are addressed.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                   COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230800- 3
         G.      General Contractor (GC)

                Construction and Acceptance Phase


                 1.      Facilitate the coordination of the commissioning work by the CA.
                 2.      Furnish a copy of all construction documents, addenda, change orders and approved
                         submittals and shop drawings related to commissioned equipment to the CA.
                 3.      In each purchase order or subcontract written, include requirements for submittal data,
                         O&M data, commissioning tasks and training.
                 4.      Ensure that all Subs execute their commissioning responsibilities according to the
                         Contract Documents and schedule.
                 5.      Accept responsibility for multiple re-testing as noted in CA duties (para. E.11) above.
                 6.      A representative shall attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other necessary
                         meetings scheduled by the CA to facilitate the commissioning process.
                 7.      Coordinate and execute the training of owner personnel.
                 8.      Prepare O&M manuals, according to the Contract Documents, including clarifying and
                         updating the original sequences of operation to as-built conditions.

                Warranty Period
                9.       Ensure that Subs execute required seasonal or deferred functional performance testing.
                10.      Ensure that Subs correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M
                         manuals and as-built drawings for issues identified in seasonal testing.

         H.      Mechanical, Controls and TAB Contractors. The commissioning responsibilities applicable to
                 each of the mechanical, controls and TAB contractors of Division 23 are as follows:

                Construction and Acceptance Phases


                 1.      Attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other meetings necessary to facilitate the
                         Cx process.
                 2.      Contractors shall provide the CA with normal cut sheets and shop drawing submittals
                         of commissioned equipment.
                 3.      Provide additional requested documentation, prior to normal O&M manual submittals,
                         to the CA for development of start-up and functional testing procedures.
                 4.      Contractors shall assist (along with the design engineers) in clarifying the operation
                         and control of commissioned equipment in areas where the specifications, control
                         drawings or equipment documentation is not sufficient for writing detailed testing
                         procedures.
                 5.      Develop a full start-up and initial checkout plan using manufacturer’s start-up
                         procedures and the prefunctional checklists from the CA for all commissioned
                         equipment. Submit to CA for review and approval prior to startup.
                 6.      During the startup and initial checkout process, execute the mechanical-related
                         portions of the prefunctional checklists for all commissioned equipment. Perform and
                         clearly document all completed startup and system operational checkout procedures,
                         providing a copy to the CA.
                 7.      Address current A/E punch list items before functional testing. Air and water TAB
                         shall be completed with discrepancies and problems remedied before functional testing
                         of the respective air- or water-related systems.
                 8.      Assist with functional performance testing under the direction of the CA for specified
                         equipment in Section 23 08 00.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                 COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                    230800- 4
                 9.      Correct deficiencies (differences between specified and observed performance) as
                         interpreted by the CA, PM and A/E and retest the equipment.
                 10.     Prepare O&M manuals according to the Contract Documents, including clarifying and
                         updating the original sequences of operation to as-built conditions.

                 11.     Provide training of the Owner’s operating personnel as specified.

                 12.     Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine specific requirements to
                         maintain the validity of the warranty.

                Warranty Period


                 13.     Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing, witnessed by the CA,
                         according to the commissioning plan.
                 14.     Correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and as-built
                         drawings for applicable issues identified in any seasonal testing.

         I.      Electrical Contractors. The commissioning responsibilities applicable to the electrical
                 contractor are as follows:

                Construction and Acceptance Phases


                 1.      Attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other necessary meetings scheduled by
                         the CA to facilitate the Cx process.
                 2.      Contractors shall provide normal cut sheets and shop drawing submittals to the CA of
                         commissioned equipment.
                 3.      Provide additional requested documentation to the CA for development of start-up and
                         functional testing procedures.
                 4.      Contractors shall assist (along with the design engineers) in clarifying the operation
                         and control of commissioned equipment in areas where the specifications, control
                         drawings or equipment documentation is not sufficient for writing detailed testing
                         procedures.
                 5.      Develop a full start-up and initial checkout plan using manufacturer’s start-up
                         procedures and the pre-functional checklists from the CA. Submit manufacturer’s
                         detailed start-up procedures and the full start-up plan and procedures to CA for review.
                 6.      During the startup and initial checkout process, execute and document the electrical-
                         related portions of the pre-functional checklists provided by the CA for all
                         commissioned equipment. Perform and clearly document all completed startup and
                         system operational checkout procedures, providing a copy to the CA.
                 7.      Address current A/E punch list items before functional testing.
                 8.      Assist with functional performance testing under the direction of the CA for specified
                         equipment in Section 23 08 00.
                 9.      Correct deficiencies (differences between specified and observed performance) as
                         interpreted by the CA, PM and A/E and retest the equipment.
                 10.     Prepare O&M manuals according to the Contract Documents, including clarifying and
                         updating the original sequences of operation to as-built conditions.
                 11.     Provide training of the Owner’s operating personnel as specified.
                 12.     Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine specific requirements to
                         maintain the validity of the warranty.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                   COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230800- 5
                    Warranty Period


                     13.     Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing, witnessed by the CA,
                             according to the specifications.
                     14.     Correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and as-built
                             drawings for applicable issues identified in any seasonal testing.

           J.        Equipment Suppliers


                     1.      Provide all requested submittal data, including detailed start-up procedures and specific
                             responsibilities of the Owner to keep warranties in force.
                     2.      Assist in equipment testing per agreements with Subs.
                     3.      Provide information requested by CA regarding equipment sequence of operation and
                             testing procedures.

1.4        Systems to be Commissioned

           A.        The following checked systems will be commissioned in this project.



                          Equipment and System                   Equipment and System
                             HVAC System                                     Electrical System
       x        Rooftop Air Handling Units                       Generator
       x        Reheat Coils                                 x   Sweep or Scheduled Lighting Controls
       x        Fan Coil Units                               x   Daylight Dimming Controls
       x        Cabinet Unit Heater                          x   Lighting Occupancy Sensors
       x        Exhaust Fans                                 x   Power Quality
       x        Ductwork                                     x   Security System
                Chiller                                          Emergency Power System
       x        Boiler                                           UPS Systems
       x        Hydronic Pumps                               x   Fire Protection Systems
       x        Testing, Adjusting and Balancing             x   Communications System
       x        HVAC Control System                              Automatic Transfer Switch
       x        Indoor Air Quality
       x        Domestic Hot Water Heating Equipment



 PART 2             EXECUTION

 2.1       Reporting

           A.        The CA will provide regular reports to the PM with increasing frequency as construction and
                     commissioning progresses.

           B.        A final Commissioning Report is compiled which summarizes the procedures, findings,
                     conclusions, and recommendations of the commissioning process.

 2.2       Submittals


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                       COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          230800- 6
         A.      The Commissioning Authority will review submittals related to the commissioned equipment
                 for conformance to the Contract Documents as it relates to the commissioning process, to the
                 functional performance of the equipment and adequacy for developing test procedures. This
                 review is intended primarily to aid in the development of functional testing procedures.

 2.3     Start-up, Prefunctional Checklists and Initial Checkout

         A.      The following procedures apply to all equipment to be commissioned, according to Section 1.4,
                 Systems to be Commissioned.

         B.      General. Pre-functional Checklists are developed and completed for all major equipment and
                 systems being commissioned. The checklist captures equipment nameplate and characteristics
                 data, confirming the as-built status of the equipment or system. These checklists also ensure
                 that the systems are complete and operational, so that the functional performance testing can be
                 scheduled. The checklists are created by the CA, and completed (filled out) by the installing
                 contractor.

         C.      Start-up and Initial Checkout Plan. The CA shall assist the commissioning team members
                 responsible for startup of any equipment in developing detailed start-up plans for all equipment.
                  The primary role of the CA in this process is to ensure that there is written documentation that
                 each of the manufacturer-recommended procedures have been completed.

                 1.       The CA creates the pre-functional checklists, based primarily on the manufacturer’s
                          startup and initial checkout procedures. Each checkout item will have a place to
                          document that proper installation has occurred. Once the pre-functional checklist is
                          completed by the installing contractor, this signifies to the commissioning team that
                          the equipment is properly installed per manufacturer’s procedures, and the controls and
                          TAB are complete and the equipment is ready for final functional performance testing .
                           The Contractor determines which Sub is responsible for executing and documenting
                          each of the line item tasks.

         D.      Sensor Calibration. Calibration of all sensors shall be included as part of the pre-functional
                 checklists performed by the Contractors.

         E.      Execution of Pre-functional Checklists and Startup.


                 1.       Subs and vendors schedule startup and checkout with the PM, GC and CA.
                 2.       The CA shall observe, at minimum, the procedures for each piece of primary
                          equipment, unless there are multiple units, (in which case a sampling strategy may be
                          used as approved by the PM).
                 3.       For lower-level components of equipment, (e.g., reheat coils), the CA shall observe a
                          sampling of the pre-functional and start-up procedures. The sampling procedures are
                          identified in the commissioning plan.
                 4.       The Subs and vendors shall execute startup and provide the CA with a signed and
                          dated copy of the completed start-up and pre-functional checklists.
                 5.       Only individuals that have direct knowledge and witnessed that a line item task on the
                          pre-functional checklist was actually performed shall initial or check that item off.

         F.      Deficiencies, Non-Conformance and Approval in Checklists and Startup.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                   COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230800- 7
                 1.      The Subs shall clearly list any outstanding items of the initial start-up and pre-
                         functional procedures that were not completed successfully, at the bottom of the
                         procedures form or on an attached sheet. The procedures form and any outstanding
                         deficiencies are provided to the CA within two days of test completion.
                 2.      The CA reviews the report and recommends approval to the PM. The CA shall work
                         with the Subs and vendors to correct and retest deficiencies or uncompleted items. The
                         CA will involve the PM and others as necessary.

 2.4     Functional Performance Testing

         A.      Objectives and Scope. The objective of functional performance testing is to demonstrate that
                 each system is operating according to the documented design intent and Contract Documents.
                 In general, each system should be operated through all modes of operation (seasonal, occupied,
                 unoccupied, warm-up, cool-down, part- and full-load) where there is a specified system
                 response. Verifying each sequence in the sequences of operation is required. Proper responses
                 to such modes and conditions as power failure, freeze condition, low oil pressure, no flow,
                 equipment failure, etc. shall also be tested.

         B.      Development of Test Procedures. Before test procedures are written, the CA shall obtain all
                 requested documentation and a current list of change orders affecting equipment or systems,
                 including an updated points list, program code, control sequences and parameters. The CA
                 shall develop specific test procedures and forms to verify and document proper operation of each
                 piece of equipment and system. Prior to execution, the CA shall provide a copy of the test
                 procedures to the Sub(s) who shall review the tests for feasibility, safety, equipment and
                 warranty protection. The CA shall review owner-contracted or factory testing which the CA is
                 not responsible to oversee and shall determine what further testing may be required to comply
                 with the Specifications. Redundancy of testing shall be minimized. The test procedure forms
                 developed by the CA shall include the following information:


                 1.      System and equipment or component name(s).
                 2.      Equipment location and ID number.
                 3.      Date.
                 4.      Project name.
                 5.      Participating parties.
                 6.      Reference to the specification section describing the test requirements.
                 7.      A copy of the specific sequence of operations.
                 8.      Instructions for setting up the test.
                 9.      Special cautions, alarm limits, etc.
                 10.     Specific step-by-step procedures to execute the test.
                 11.     Acceptance criteria of proper performance with a Yes / No check box.
                 12.     A section for comments.
                 13.     Signatures and date block for the CA.

         C.      Test Methods.


                 1.      Functional performance testing and verification may be achieved by manual testing
                         (persons manipulate the equipment and observe performance) or by monitoring the
                         performance and analyzing the results using the control system’s trend log capabilities
                         or by stand-alone dataloggers. The CA will determine which method is most
                         appropriate.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                    COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       230800- 8
                 2.      Setup. Each function and test shall be performed under conditions that simulate actual
                         conditions as close as is practically possible. The Sub executing the test shall provide
                         all necessary materials, system modifications, etc. to produce the necessary flows,
                         pressures, temperatures, etc. necessary to execute the test according to the specified
                         conditions. At completion of the test, the Sub shall return all affected building
                         equipment and systems, due to these temporary modifications, to their pre-test
                         condition.
                 3.      Sampling. Multiple identical pieces of non-life-safety or non-critical equipment may
                         be functionally tested using a sampling strategy. The sampling strategy will be
                         developed by the CA and approved by the PM. If, after two attempts at testing the
                         specified sample percentage, failures are still present, then all remaining units are
                         tested at the contractors’ expense.

         D.      Coordination and Scheduling. The Subs shall provide sufficient notice to the CA regarding
                 their completion schedule for the pre-functional checklists and startup of all equipment and
                 systems. The CA will schedule functional tests through the PM, GC and affected Subs. The CA
                 shall direct, witness and document the functional testing of all equipment and systems. The
                 Subs shall execute the tests.

         E.      Problem Solving. The CA will recommend solutions to problems found, however the burden of
                 responsibility to solve, correct and retest problems is with the GC, Subs and A/E team.

 2.5     Documentation, Non-conformance and Approval of Tests

         A.      Documentation. The CA shall witness and document the results of all functional performance
                 tests using forms developed for that purpose. Prior to testing, these forms may be provided to
                 the PM for review and approval if the PM desires.

         B.      Non-Conformance.


                 1.      The CA will record the results of the functional test on the procedure or test form. All
                         deficiencies or non-conformance issues shall be noted and reported to the PM on a
                         standard form.
                 2.      Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during the tests at the
                         discretion of the CA. In such cases the deficiency and resolution will be documented
                         on the procedure form.
                 3.      Every effort will be made to expedite the testing process and minimize unnecessary
                         delays, while not compromising the integrity of the procedures.
                 4.      As tests progress and a deficiency is identified:

                         a.       When there is no dispute on the deficiency and the responsibility to correct it:
                                  1)     The CA documents the deficiency and the Sub’s response and
                                         intentions the testing continues. The Sub corrects the deficiency and
                                         notifies the CA that the equipment is ready to be retested.
                                  2)     The CA reschedules the test and the test is repeated.

                         b.       If there is a dispute about a deficiency or who is responsible:
                                  1)        The deficiency shall be documented on the non-compliance form and
                                            a copy given to the PM and GC.
                                  2)        Resolutions are made at the lowest management level possible. Other
                                            parties are brought into the discussions as needed. Final interpretive


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                    COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       230800- 9
                                           authority is with the A/E team. Final acceptance authority is with the
                                           Project Manager.
                                  3)       The CA documents the resolution process.
                                  4)       Once the interpretation and resolution have been decided, the
                                           appropriate party corrects the deficiency and notifies the CA that the
                                           equipment is ready to be retested. The CA reschedules the test and
                                           the test is repeated until satisfactory performance is achieved.

                 5.      Cost of Retesting.


                         a.       The cost for the Sub to retest a pre-functional or functional test, if they are
                                  responsible for the deficiency, shall be theirs. If they are not responsible, any
                                  cost recovery for retesting costs shall be negotiated with the GC.
                         b.       The time for the CA and PM to direct any retesting required because a specific
                                  pre-functional checklist or start-up test item, reported to have been
                                  successfully completed, but determined during functional testing to be faulty,
                                  will be backcharged to the GC, who may choose to recover costs from the
                                  party responsible for executing the faulty pre-functional test.
                         c.       Costs for re-testing functional procedures after initial failure and correction,
                                  and one re-test, will be the responsibility of the GC to compensate for
                                  additional CA time for subsequent re-tests.

         C.      Approval. The CA notes each satisfactorily demonstrated function on the test form. Formal
                 approval of the functional test is made later after review by the CA. The CA recommends
                 acceptance of each test to the PM. The PM gives final approval on each test, providing a signed
                 copy to the CA and the Contractor.

 2.6     Operation and Maintenance Manuals

         A.      Standard O&M Manuals.

                 1.      CA Review and Approval. Prior to substantial completion, the CA shall review the
                         O&M manuals, documentation and redline as-builts for systems that were
                         commissioned to verify compliance with the Specifications. The CA will communicate
                         deficiencies in the manuals to the PM.

         B.      Commissioning Record in O&M Manuals.

                 1.      The CA is responsible to compile, organize and index all commissioning data by
                         equipment into labeled, indexed and tabbed, three-ring binders and deliver it to the
                         PM. Three copies of the manuals will be provided. The manuals shall include the
                         Commissioning Plan, Final Commissioning Report, System Type, Startup and Pre-
                         functional checklists, Functional performance tests, trending and analysis, approvals
                         and corrections, training plan, records, and approvals.

 2.7     Training of Owner Personnel

         A.      The GC shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling and for ensuring that
                 training is completed.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                    COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      230800- 10
         B.      The CA shall be responsible for overseeing and approving the content and adequacy of the
                 training of Owner personnel for commissioned equipment.


                 1.         The specific training requirements of Owner personnel by Subs and vendors are
                            specified in Division 23 and 26.
                 2.         For the primary HVAC equipment, the Controls Contractor shall provide a short
                            discussion of the control of the equipment during the mechanical or electrical training
                            conducted by others.
                 3.         CA shall review and approve training schedule.

 2.8     Deferred Testing

         A.      Seasonal Testing. During the warranty period, seasonal testing (tests delayed until weather
                 conditions are closer to the system’s design) shall be completed as part of this contract. The CA
                 shall coordinate this activity. Tests will be executed, documented and deficiencies corrected by
                 the appropriate Subs, with facilities staff and the CA witnessing. Any final adjustments to the
                 O&M manuals and as-builds due to the testing will be made.


END OF SECTION 230800




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                     COMMISSIONING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       230800- 11
SECTION 230900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Temperature Control contractor to be contracted directly with the General Contractor.

      B.   This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control
           components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory-wired controls.

      C.   Related Sections include the following:

           1.     Section 230519 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping" for measuring equipment that relates to this
                  Section such as water flowmeters.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   BACnet: An ANSI/ASHRAE common communication protocol for building control systems.

      B.   DDC: Direct digital control.

      C.   I/O: Input/output.

      D.   LonWorks: A control network technology platform for designing and implementing interoperable control
           devices and networks.

      E.   MS/TP: Master slave/token passing.

      F.   PC: Personal computer.

      G.   PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative.

      H.   RTD: Resistance temperature detector.


1.4        SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

      A.   The system shall be complete in all respects, put in operation, tested and calibrated prior to occupied
           conditions. Provide time for occupancy adjustments after the building is occupied. This contractor is
           responsible for providing all sequences of operations specified herein or on the mechanical drawings even
           if equipment and controls are provided by others. For sequences specified in other sections, if equipment

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230900230900 - 1
           and controls are provided by others, the temperature control contractor shall be responsible for verifying
           sequences of controls and coordination.

      B.   Comply with the following performance requirements:

           1.     Graphic Display: Display graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 10
                  seconds.
           2.     Graphic Refresh: Update graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 8
                  seconds.
           3.     Object Command: Reaction time of less than two seconds between operator command of a binary
                  object and device reaction.
           4.     Object Scan: Transmit change of state and change of analog values to control units or workstation
                  within six seconds.
           5.     Alarm Response Time: Annunciate alarm at workstation within 45 seconds. Multiple
                  workstations must receive alarms within five seconds of each other.
           6.     Program Execution Frequency: Run capability of applications as often as five seconds, but
                  selected consistent with mechanical process under control.
           7.     Performance: Programmable controllers shall execute DDC PID control loops, and scan and
                  update process values and outputs at least once per second.
           8.     Reporting Accuracy and Stability of Control: Report values and maintain measured variables
                  within tolerances as follows:

                  a.     Water Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F.
                  b.     Water Flow: Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale.
                  c.     Water Pressure: Plus or minus 2 percent of full scale.
                  d.     Space Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F.
                  e.     Ducted Air Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F.
                  f.     Outside Air Temperature: Plus or minus 2 deg F.
                  g.     Dew Point Temperature: Plus or minus 3 deg F.
                  h.     Temperature Differential: Plus or minus 0.25 deg F.
                  i.     Relative Humidity: Plus or minus 5 percent.
                  j.     Airflow (Pressurized Spaces): Plus or minus 3 percent of full scale.
                  k.     Airflow (Measuring Stations): Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale.
                  l.     Airflow (Terminal): Plus or minus 10 percent of full scale.
                  m.     Air Pressure (Space): Plus or minus 0.01-inch wg.
                  n.     Air Pressure (Ducts): Plus or minus 0.1-inch wg.
                  o.     Carbon Dioxide: Plus or minus 50 ppm.
                  p.     Electrical: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading.

      C.   Adjustability: All control components shall be completely software adjustable, so that set points may be
           easily changed. All set points in the temperature control system shall be adjustable without the addition
           or hardware modification of the controls.


1.5        SEQUENCE OF OPERATION

      A.   See mechanical drawings for control drawings and sequence of operation. These drawings show general
           intent and minimum point requirements. If more real or virtual points are required to provide the
           sequences noted, it is the instrumentation and control contractor’s responsibility to provide the additional
           equipment, accessories and programming time necessary to perform these sequences.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                              230900230900 - 2
      B.   Where control drawings and sequence of operation are not identified, industry standard sequences and
           control devices shall be provided to accommodate proper system operation and safety control of all
           devices specified in Division 22 and Division 23.

      C.   Unless specifically noted otherwise modulate/staging down sequences shall be the opposite of the
           modulate/staging up sequence shown.


1.6        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical literature for each new control device. Indicate
           dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for materials, and
           installation and startup instructions for each type of product indicated.

           1.     DDC System Hardware: Bill of materials of new equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer,
                  and model number. Include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface
                  equipment, control units, transducers/transmitters, sensors, actuators, valves, relays/switches,
                  control panels, and operator interface equipment.
           2.     Control System Software: Include technical data for operating system software, operator
                  interface, color graphics, and other third-party applications.
           3.     Controlled Systems: Instrumentation list with element name, type of device, manufacturer, model
                  number, and product data. Include written description of sequence of operation including
                  schematic diagram.

      B.   Shop Drawings: Detail new equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
           clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

           1.     Bill of materials of new equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number.
           2.     Schematic flow diagrams showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves, and control devices.
           3.     Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
           4.     Details of control panel faces, including controls, instruments, and labeling.
           5.     Written description of sequence of operation.
           6.     Schedule of dampers including size, leakage, and flow characteristics.
           7.     Schedule of valves including flow characteristics.
           8.     DDC System Hardware:

                  a.     Wiring diagrams for control units with termination numbers.
                  b.     Schematic diagrams and floor plans for field sensors and control hardware.
                  c.     Schematic diagrams for control, communication, and power wiring, showing trunk data
                         conductors and wiring between operator workstation and control unit locations.

           9.     Control System Software: List of color graphics indicating monitored systems, data (connected
                  and calculated) point addresses, output schedule, and operator notations.
           10.    Controlled Systems:

                  a.     Schematic diagrams of each new controlled system with control points labeled and control
                         elements graphically shown, with wiring.
                  b.     Scaled drawings showing mounting, routing, and wiring of elements including bases and
                         special construction.
                  c.     Written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram.
                  d.     Points list.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                              230900230900 - 3
      C.   Samples for Verification: For each color required, of each type of thermostat or sensor cover.


1.7        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Data Communications Protocol Certificates:       Certify that each proposed DDC system component
           complies with ASHRAE 135.

      B.   Qualification Data: For Installer.

      C.   Software Upgrade Kit: For Owner to use in modifying software to suit future systems revisions or
           monitoring and control revisions.

      D.   Field quality-control test reports.


1.8        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to include in
           emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823
           "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:

           1.     Maintenance instructions and lists of spare parts for each type of control device. Note guarantee
                  of local stock availability with supplier name, telephone number and location. List of
                  recommended spare equipment, along with quantities, the Owner should maintain on site.
           2.     Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and devices.
           3.     Keyboard illustrations and step-by-step procedures indexed for each operator function.
           4.     Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and calibration tolerances.
           5.     Calibration records and list of set points.
           6.     Final approved set of all submittals.
           7.     Final record drawings.

      B.   Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: Include the following:

           1.     Software operating and upgrade manuals.
           2.     Program Software Backup: On a magnetic media or compact disc, complete with data files.
           3.     Device address list.
           4.     Printout of software application and graphic screens.
           5.     Software license required by and installed for DDC workstations and control systems.


1.9        MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with
           protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

           1.     Maintenance Materials: One thermostat adjusting key(s).




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                              230900230900 - 4
1.10     QUALITY ASSURANCE

   A.    Installer Qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer's authorized representative who is
         trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project. Contractor shall be
         an authorized installer for Andover Controls Corporation who has been in continuous business for at least
         five years.

   B.    Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
         Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
         use.

   C.    Comply with ASHRAE 135 for DDC system components.

   D.    Surface-Burning Characteristics: All instrumentation and control materials located within an air plenum
         shall be rated for such application, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84,
         by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

         1.     Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less.


1.11     DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

   A.    Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are indicated to be
         factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to equipment manufacturer.

   B.    System Software: Update to latest version of software at Project completion.


1.12     COORDINATION

   A.    Coordinate location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with plans and room
         details before installation.

   B.    Coordinate equipment with Section 283111 "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System" to achieve
         compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system.

   C.    Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical branch circuits for control units and operator workstation. If
         more 120v power circuits are required than shown on the drawings due to additional equipment required
         by the instrumentation and controls contractor, the cost of additional power circuits and the coordination
         of these power circuits with Div 26 shall be the responsibility of the instrumentation and controls
         contractor. All wiring shall comply with the Natinoal Electric Code (latest edition), local codes and the
         Div 26 specifications.

   D.    Coordinate supply of a high speed IP address with Division 28. This connection shall allow for outside
         internet access for remote system operation and monitoring. Coordinate with owner any specific remote
         or offsite system operation and monitoring requirements. Provide required programming to ensure
         system access from these remote or offsite location.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                      INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                           230900230900 - 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

      A.   In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product
           selection:
           1.      Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                   manufacturers specified.


2.2        CONTROL SYSTEM

      A.   Manufacturer:

           1.     Andover Controls Corporation installed by Arkay Services or Westover Controls. Bids must be
                  provided by both installation contractors.

      B.   All instrumentation and controls shall be provided by the approved manufacturer and shall be through a
           single source of responsibility.

      C.   Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment,
           other apparatus, accessories, and software connected to distributed controllers operating in multiuser,
           multitasking environment on token-passing network and programmed to control mechanical systems. An
           operator workstation permits interface with the network via dynamic color graphics with each mechanical
           system, building floor plan, and control device depicted by point-and-click graphics.


2.3        DDC EQUIPMENT

      A.   Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random-access
           memory; local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source.

           1.     Units monitor or control each I/O point; process information; execute commands from other
                  control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation
                  or diagnostic terminal unit.
           2.     Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the
                  following:

                  a.       Global communications.
                  b.       Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse I/O.
                  c.       Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points.
                  d.       Software applications, scheduling, and alarm processing.
                  e.       Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware and controlled
                           environment.

           3.     Standard Application Programs:

                  a.       Electric Control Programs: Demand limiting, duty cycling, automatic time scheduling,
                           start/stop time optimization, night setback/setup, on-off control with differential
                           sequencing, staggered start, antishort cycling, PID control, DDC with fine tuning, and trend
                           logging.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                          INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230900230900 - 6
                b.     HVAC Control Programs: Optimal run time, supply-air temperature and/or pressure reset,
                       and enthalpy switchover.
                c.     Chiller Control Programs: Control function of condenser-water reset, chilled-water reset,
                       and equipment sequencing.
                d.     Programming Application Features: Include trend point; alarm processing and messaging;
                       weekly, monthly, and annual scheduling; energy calculations; run-time totalization; and
                       security access.
                e.     Remote communications.
                f.     Maintenance management.
                g.     Units of Measure: Inch-pound and SI (metric).

         4.     Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or
                diagnostic terminal unit.
         5.     ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Control units shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate
                using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) datalink/physical layer protocol.

   B.    Local Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with electronically programmable,
         nonvolatile, read-only memory; and backup power source.

         1.     Units monitor or control each I/O point, process information, and download from or upload to
                operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit.
         2.     Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the
                following:

                a.     Global communications.
                b.     Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse I/O.
                c.     Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points.

         3.     Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or
                diagnostic terminal unit.
         4.     ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Control units shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate
                using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) datalink/physical layer protocol.

   C.    I/O Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so
         that shorting will cause no damage to controllers.

         1.     Binary Inputs: Allow monitoring of on-off signals without external power.
         2.     Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of low-voltage (0- to 10-V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or
                resistance signals.
         3.     Binary Outputs: Provide on-off or pulsed low-voltage signal, selectable for normally open or
                normally closed operation.
         4.     Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (0- to 10-V dc) or current (4 to 20
                mA).
         5.     Tri-State Outputs: Provide two coordinated binary outputs for control of three-point, floating-type
                electronic actuators.
         6.     Universal I/Os: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs.

   D.    I/O Spare Capacity: In addition to the I/O points required to satisfy the sequence of control each control
         panel in the system shall be provided with [5%][10%] spare capacity or at a minimum one of each of the
         following: AI, AO, BI, BO whichever is greater. Universal inputs shall be an acceptable alternative to
         the AI and BI points noted above.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                       INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            230900230900 - 7
      E.   Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit
           connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage
           requirements and be full-wave rectifier type with the following:

           1.    Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak.
           2.    Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100-mic.sec. response time for 50 percent load
                 changes.
           3.    Built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150 percent overload for
                 at least 3 seconds without failure.

      F.   Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations or
           controllers with the following:

           1.    Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V.
           2.    Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds.
           3.    Minimum transverse-mode noise attenuation of 65 dB.
           4.    Minimum common-mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz.

      G.   Lightning Protection: Lightning arresters or optical couplers shall be provided to prevent induced
           voltages in the transmission lines from damaging any of the electronic circuits.

      H.   Power Failure: Where emergency power is not provided upon loss of power to the DDC system, the
           system shall shut itself down in an orderly manner without loss of any data. For the operators
           workstation this shut down shall be within the time constraints of the uninterrupted power supply unit.
           On return from power failure the DDC system shall check its own memory and clock for any corruption
           of memory. If found to be correct, a warm start shall be accomplished; a warm start shall not require
           initialization from the central terminal. If memory or clock is corrupted, a cold start (including
           initialization from the central terminal) shall be accomplished.


2.4        UNITARY CONTROLLERS

      A.   Unitized, capable of stand-alone operation with sufficient memory to support its operating system,
           database, and programming requirements, and with sufficient I/O capacity for the application.

           1.    Configuration: Local keypad and display; diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and
                 processor; wiring termination to terminal strip or card connected with ribbon cable; memory with
                 bios; and 72-hour battery backup.
           2.    Operating System: Manage I/O communication to allow distributed controllers to share real and
                 virtual object information and allow central monitoring and alarms. Perform automatic system
                 diagnostics; monitor system and report failures.
           3.    ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Communicate using read (execute and initiate) and write (execute
                 and initiate) property services defined in ASHRAE 135. Reside on network using MS/TP
                 datalink/physical layer protocol and have service communication port for connection to diagnostic
                 terminal unit.
           4.    Enclosure for conditioned space: Dustproof rated for operation at 32 to 120 deg F.
           5.    Enclosure for outdoor or wet ambient space: Waterproof rated for operation at 40 to 150 deg F.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                       INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            230900230900 - 8
2.5        ANALOG CONTROLLERS

      A.   Step Controllers: 6- or 10-stage type, with heavy-duty switching rated to handle loads and operated by
           electric motor.

      B.   Electric, Outdoor-Reset Controllers: Remote-bulb or bimetal rod-and-tube type, proportioning action
           with adjustable throttling range, adjustable set point, scale range minus 10 to plus 70 deg F, and single- or
           double-pole contacts.

      C.   Electronic Controllers: Wheatstone-bridge-amplifier type, in steel enclosure with provision for remote-
           resistance readjustment. Identify adjustments on controllers, including proportional band and authority.

           1.     Single controllers can be integral with control motor if provided with accessible control
                  readjustment potentiometer.


2.6        ELECTRONIC SENSORS

      A.   Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required.

      B.   Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters:

           1.     Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5 deg F at calibration point.
           2.     Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable.
           3.     Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 18 inches long; use where not affected by temperature
                  stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft..
           4.     Averaging Elements in Ducts: 72 inches long, flexible; use where prone to temperature
                  stratification or where ducts are larger than 10 sq. ft..
           5.     Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass or stainless-steel socket with minimum insertion length of
                  2-1/2 inches.
           6.     Room Sensor Cover Construction: As noted below in “Room Sensor Cover Construction” or as
                  identified elsewhere.

           7.     Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight.
           8.     Room Security Sensors: Stainless-steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws.
                  Where stainless-steel cover plates are used they shall have etched on them “DO NOT PAINT,
                  COVER OR CONCEAL.”

      C.   RTDs and Transmitters:

           1.     Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.2 percent at calibration point.
           2.     Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable.
           3.     Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 18 inches long; use where not affected by temperature
                  stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft..
           4.     Averaging Elements in Ducts: 24 feet long, flexible; use where prone to temperature stratification
                  or where ducts are larger than 9 sq. ft.; length as required.
           5.     Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass socket with minimum insertion length of 2-1/2 inches.
           6.     Room Sensor Cover Construction: As noted below in “Room Sensor Cover Construction” or as
                  identified elsewhere.

           7.     Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                          INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230900230900 - 9
           8.     Room Security Sensors: Stainless-steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws.
                  Where stainless-steel cover plates are used they shall have etched on them “DO NOT PAINT,
                  COVER OR CONCEAL.”

      D.   Pressure Transmitters/Transducers:

           1.     Static-Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with suitable range for expected input, and
                  temperature compensated.

                  a.     Accuracy: 2 percent of full scale with repeatability of 0.5 percent.
                  b.     Output: 4 to 20 mA.
                  c.     Building Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 0.25-inch wg. Provide wind dampening “weather
                         head” on each atmospheric pressure sensing point.
                  d.     Duct Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 5-inch wg.

           2.     Water Pressure Transducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service;
                  minimum 150-psig operating pressure; linear output 4 to 20 mA.
           3.     Water Differential-Pressure Transducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for
                  service; minimum 150-psig operating pressure and tested to 300-psig; linear output 4 to 20 mA.
           4.     Differential-Pressure Switch (Air or Water): Snap acting, with pilot-duty rating and with suitable
                  scale range and differential.
           5.     Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas, liquid, or steam service; range suitable for system;
                  linear output 4 to 20 mA.
           6.     <Air Pressure, Bleed Sensor (Under Floor Plenum): Thermal dispersion bleed airflow sensor for
                  measuring low under floor air plenum pressures. Unit shall have three “bead-in-glass”
                  thermisters. Ebtron GB1 or approved equivalent. Provide with under floor/wall mounting kit.>

      E.   Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.

           1.     Set-Point Adjustment: Exposed where called for on drawings.
           2.     Set-Point Indication: Exposed where called for on drawings.
           3.     Thermometer: Exposed where called for on drawings.
           4.     Color: White unless indicated otherwise by Architect.
           5.     Orientation: Vertical.

      F.   Room sensor accessories include the following:

           1.     Insulating Bases: For sensors located on exterior walls.
           2.     Guards: Locking; solid metal, ventilated.
           3.     Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws.


2.7        STATUS SENSORS

      A.   Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current-sensing fixed- or split-core
           transformers with self-powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current.

      B.   Voltage Transmitter (100- to 600-V ac): Comply with ISA 50.00.01, single-loop, self-powered
           transmitter, adjustable, with suitable range and 1 percent full-scale accuracy.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230900230900 - 10
      C.   Power Monitor: 3-phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current
           transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20-mA kW output, with maximum 2 percent error
           at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power factor.

      D.   Current Switches: Self-powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and
           system output requirements.

      E.   Electronic Valve/Damper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10-V dc,
           feedback signal.


2.8        GAS DETECTION EQUIPMENT

      A.   Carbon Dioxide Sensor and Transmitter: Single detectors using solid-state infrared sensors; suitable over
           a temperature range of 23 to 130 deg F and calibrated for 0 to 2 percent, with continuous or averaged
           reading, 4- to 20-mA output; for wall mounting with digital display. Provide weather-proof enclosure for
           externally mounted units.

      B.   Occupancy Sensor: Passive infrared, with time delay, daylight sensor lockout, sensitivity control, and
           180-degree field of view with vertical sensing adjustment; for flush mounting.


2.9        THERMOSTATS

      A.   Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated, enclosed, snap-
           switch or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator; listed for electrical rating; with concealed set-
           point adjustment, 50 to 95 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential.

           1.     Electric Heating Thermostats: Equip with off position on dial wired to break ungrounded
                  conductors.
           2.     Selector Switch: Integral, manual on-off-auto.

      B.   Electric, Low-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-acting, single-pole, single-throw, manual- or automatic-
           reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or below set
           point.

           1.     Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet.
           2.     Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq. ft. of coil surface.

      C.   Electric, High-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-acting, single-pole, single-throw, manual- or automatic-
           reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or above set
           point.

           1.     Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet.
           2.     Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq. ft. of coil surface.

      D.   Heating/Cooling Valve-Top Thermostats: Proportional acting for proportional flow, with molded-rubber
           diaphragm, remote-bulb liquid-filled element, direct and reverse acting at minimum shutoff pressure of
           25 psig, and cast housing with position indicator and adjusting knob.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                           INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230900230900 - 11
2.10     ACTUATORS

   A.    Electric Motors: Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or
         two-position action.

         1.     Comply with requirements in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC
                Equipment."
         2.     Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed and sealed.
                Equip spring-return motors with integral spiral-spring mechanism in housings designed for easy
                removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer.
         3.     Nonspring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-1/2: Size for running torque of 150 in. x
                lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf.
         4.     Spring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-1/2: Size for running and breakaway torque
                of 150 in. x lbf.
         5.     Nonspring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running torque of 150 in.
                x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf.
         6.     Spring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running and breakaway
                torque of 150 in. x lbf.

   B.    Electronic Actuators: Direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full-stroke cycles at rated
         torque.

         1.     Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential pressure.
         2.     Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows:

                a.     Parallel-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper.
                b.     Opposed-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper.
                c.     Dampers with 2- to 3-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 1000 to 2500 fpm:
                       Increase running torque by 1.5.
                d.     Dampers with 3- to 4-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 2500 to 3000 fpm:
                       Increase running torque by 2.0.

         3.     Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle.
         4.     Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry.
         5.     Fail-Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external, manual gear
                release on nonspring-return actuators.
         6.     Power Requirements (Two-Position Spring Return): 24-V ac.

         7.     Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24-V dc.
         8.     Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V dc or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V dc position feedback signal.
         9.     Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F.
         10.    Temperature Rating (Smoke Dampers): Minus 22 to plus 250 deg F.
         11.    Run Time: 120 seconds.


2.11     CONTROL VALVES

   A.    Control Valves: Factory fabricated, of type, body material, and pressure class based on maximum
         pressure and temperature rating of piping system, unless otherwise indicated.

   B.    Hydronic system pressure independent valves shall have the following characteristics:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                      INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                          230900230900 - 12
         1.     NPS 2 and Smaller: Forged brass body rated at no less than 400 PSI, chrome plated brass ball and
                stem, female NPT union ends, dual EPDM lubricated O-rings and TEFZEL characterizing disc.
         2.     Accuracy: The control valves shall accurately control the flow from 0 to 100% full rated flow
                with an operating pressure differential range of 5 to 50 PSID across the valve.
         3.     Flow Characteristics: Equal percentage characteristics.
         4.     Close-Off Pressure Rating: 200 PSI.
         5.     All actuators shall be electronically programmed by use of external computer software for the
                adjustment of flow. Programming using actuator mounted switches or multi-turn actuators are not
                acceptable. Actuators for 3-wire floating (tri-state) on ½” – 1” pressure independent control
                valves shall fail in place and have a mechanical device inserted between the valve and the actuator
                for the adjustment of flow. Actuators for two-position ½’-1” pressure independent control valves
                shall fail in place and have a mechanical device inserted between the valve and the actuator for the
                adjustment of flow. Actuators shall be provided with an auxiliary switch to prove valve position.
         6.     The actuator shall be the same manufacturer as the valve, integrally mounted to the valve at the
                factory with a single screw on a four-way DIN mounting-base.
         7.     The control valve shall require no maintenance and shall not include replaceable cartridges.
         8.     The manufacturer shall warrant all components for a period of 5 years from the date of production,
                with the first two years unconditional.
         9.     The use of pressure independent valves piped in parallel to achieve the rated coil flow shall be
                permitted. Actuators shall be electronically programmed to permit sequencing the flow with a
                single control output point. The use of external devices to permit sequencing is not acceptable.
         10.    NPS 2” and smaller pressure independent control valves for individual coil control shall be
                provided as part of a pipe package supplied by the valve manufacturer. The supply side of the coil
                shall contain an integrated isolation ball valve/manual air vent strainer/shut-off valve/drain with a
                P/T port. The return side shall contain a union fitting with a P/T port, pressure independent
                control valve, an integrated isolation ball valve/manual air vent with a P/T port. Shut-off valves as
                an integrated part of the pressure independent control valve are prohibited. A 24” flexible hose set
                shall be provided for each coil supply and return connection for all pipe packages.

   C.    Hydronic system characterized control valves shall have the following characteristics:

         1.     NPS 2 and Smaller: Nickel-plated forged brass body rated at no less than 400 psi, stainless steel
                ball and blowout proof stem, female NPT end fittings, with a dual EPDM O-ring packing design,
                fiberglass reinforced Teflon seats, and a TEFZEL flow characterizing disc.
         2.     Sizing:

                a.     Two-Position: Line size or size using a pressure differential of 1psi.
                b.     Two-Way Modulating: 5 psig or twice the load pressure drop, whichever is more.
                c.     Three-Way Modulating: Twice the load pressure drop, but not more than 5 psig.
                d.     Three-Way Modulation with Coil Pump: 50% of total design coil pump head.

         3.     Close-Off Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close-off
                pressure rating of 150 percent of total system head pressure for two-way valves and 150 percent of
                the design pressure differential across the three-way valves.
         4.     The actuator shall be the same manufacturer as the valve, integrally mounted to the valve at the
                factory with a single screw on a four-way DIN mounting-base.
         5.     NPS 2” and smaller characterized control valves for individual coil control shall be provided as
                part of a pipe package supplied by the valve manufacturer. The supply side of the coil shall
                contain a strainer/shut-off ball valve/drain an integrated isolation ball valve/manual air vent with a
                P/T port. The return side of the coil shall contain a union fitting with a P/T port, characterized
                control valve, an integrated manual balancing valve/union/isolation ball valve/manual air vent
                with P/T port. Shut-off valves as an integrated part of the characterized control valve are
                prohibited. For 3-way installations, supply an integrated 100% port isolation valve/manual air

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            230900230900 - 13
                vent with a P/T port for field installation in the bypass of the circuit. A 24” flexible hose set shall
                be provided for each coil supply and return connection for all pipe packages.

   D.    Hydronic system globe valves shall have the following characteristics:

         1.     NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ANSI Class 125 cast iron body, stainless steel stem, bronze plug, bronze
                seat, and a TFE V-ring packing.
         2.     Sizing:

                a.       Two-Position: Line size or size using a pressure differential of
                1 psi.
                b.       Two-Way Modulating: 5 psig or twice the load pressure drop, whichever is more.
                c.       Three-Way Modulating: Twice the load pressure drop, but not more than 5 psig.
                d.       Three-Way Modulation with Coil Pump: 50% of total design coil pump head.

         3.     Flow Characteristics: Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three-way
                valves shall have linear characteristics.
         4.     Close-Off Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close-off
                pressure rating of 150 percent of total system head pressure for two-way valves and 150 percent of
                the design pressure differential across the three-way valves.
         5.     Two- and three-way globe valves shall be used only if characterized control valves do not fit the
                sizing criteria or application.

   E.    Zone Valves (On/Off Two-Position Applications):

         1.     NPS 1 and Smaller: Forged brass body rated at no less than 300 psi, stainless steel stem, female,
                NPT union or sweat with a stainless steel stem and EPDM seals.
         2.     Sizing:
         3.     a. Two-Position: Line size or size using a pressure differential of 1 psi.
         4.     Close-Off Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close-off
                pressure rating of 150 percent of total system head pressure for two-way valves and 125 percent of
                the design pressure differential across the three-way valves.
         5.     The actuator shall be the same manufacturer as the valve, integrally mounted to the valve at the
                factory.
         6.     The manufacturer shall warrant all components for a period of 2 years from the date of production.
         7.     All zone valves for individual coil control shall be provided as part of a pipe package supplied by
                the valve manufacturer. The supply side of the coil shall contain a strainer/shut-off ball
                valve/drain with an integrated 100% port isolation valve/manual air vent with a P/T port. The
                return side of the coil shall contain a union fitting with a P/T port, zone valve, an integrated
                manual balancing valve/union/isolation ball valve/manual air vent with P/T port. Shut-off valves
                as an integrated part of the zone valve are prohibited. A 24” flexible hose set shall be provided for
                each coil supply and return connection for all pipe packages.

   F.    Self-Contained Control Valves: Bronze body, bronze trim, two or three ports as indicated, replaceable
         plugs and seats, and union and threaded ends.

         1.     Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig and 250 deg F operating conditions.
         2.     Thermostatic Operator: Vapor-filled integral sensor with integral adjustable dial.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230900230900 - 14
2.12       DAMPERS

      A.   Dampers: AMCA-rated, parallel-blade design in mixing box applications and opposed-blade design
           elsewhere; 0.108-inch- minimum thick, galvanized-steel or 0.125-inch- minimum thick, extruded-
           aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064-inch- thick
           galvanized steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches and length of 48 inches.

           1.     Secure blades to 1/2-inch- diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated hardware, with oil-
                  impregnated sintered bronze blade bearings, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass,
                  ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of every
                  blade.
           2.     Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
           3.     Edge Seals, Standard Pressure Applications: Closed-cell neoprene.
           4.     In mixing box applications the parallel-blades shall be orientated to direct the air streams at one-
                  another to enhance mixing.

           5.     Edge Seals, Low-Leakage Applications: Use inflatable blade edging or replaceable rubber blade
                  seals and spring-loaded stainless-steel side seals, rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of
                  damper area, at differential pressure of 4-inch wg when damper is held by torque of 50 in. x lbf;
                  when tested according to AMCA 500D.

                  a.     Provide where indicated on the drawings.


2.13       CONTROL CABLE

      A.   Electronic and fiber-optic cables for control wiring shall comply with the requirements of Section 271500
           "Communications Horizontal Cabling" and the requirements listed below. In case of conflict between the
           statements herein and Section 271500 the most stringent requirements shall be met.
           1.     All control devices and panels containing low voltage power sources shall inherently comply with
                  NEC Class 2 requirements (current limiting), or shall be supplied with branch circuit fusing to
                  limit control circuit current to NEC Class 2. All control transformers shall be of the inherent
                  current limiting type, or shall be installed with primary disconnects and overload protection.
           2.     Shielded Cable: Twisted shielded cable shall be used where called for and where required to
                  properly protect the DDC system from false signals and electrical noise. Shielding shall be fine
                  braided tinned copper (90% coverage) or aluminum foil (100% coverage).

           3.     Minimum Requirements:

                  a.     Communication Cable: Twisted shielded pair, 18 gauge.
                  b.     Analog Input: Twisted shielded two, three, or four-wire as required, 18 gauge
                  c.     Binary Input: 18 gauge.
                  d.     Analog Output: Twisted shielded, 18 gauge.
                  e.     Binary Output: 18 gauge.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Verify that conditioned power supply is available to control units and operator workstation.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                           INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230900230900 - 15
      B.   Verify that duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices are installed before proceeding with installation.


3.2        INSTALLATION

      A.   Install software in control units and operator workstation(s). Implement all features of programs to
           specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of operation.

      B.   Calibrate all sensors for the project elevation.

      C.   Provide ambient reference sensors for pressure, temperature and carbon dioxide.

      D.   Connect and configure equipment and software to achieve sequence of operation specified.

      E.   Verify location of thermostats, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before
           installation. Install devices such that the top of the device is at 48 inches above the finished floor.

      F.   Install thermostats and temperature sensors where they will be unaffected by the sun. Avoid mounting on
           outside wall. Where such devices must be mounted on an outside wall, provide an insulating base.

      G.   Install averaging elements in ducts and plenums in crossing or zigzag pattern.

      H.   Sensors shall be installed to sense the correct temperature of the controlled medium only, within the
           vibration and velocity limits of the sensing element. Thermally isolate elements from brackets and
           supports to respond to air or liquid temperatures only. For air temperature sensors seal all duct
           penetrations air tight. Install liquid temperature sensors inside of pipe wells with an appropriate heat
           transfer compound inside the well.

      I.   Sensors and other control devices shall be installed to be readily accessible and to permit quick and easy
           replacement. Flush mount with metal covers suitable for painting to match finished surface.

      J.   Install guards on thermostats in the following locations:

           1.     Entrances/Vestibules.
           2.     Public areas.
           3.     Cafeteria.
           4.     Corridors.
           5.     Where indicated.

      K.   Locate exterior atmospheric pressure sensing control devices above wind eddy carried by the building
           structure and roof equipment.

      L.   Static pressure sensors shall be located in a section of duct or pipe with minimal turbulence.

      M.   Current Sensor: Current sensors shall be mounted in the starter cabinet of the controlled equipment.
           After controlled equipment has received factory start-up, provide adjustment on current sensor set point.
           For controlled equipment which operates with varying current draw (i.e. heating water pumps in systems
           with two-way and three-way valves) set point shall be made so that the full operating range of the current
           draw does not cause spurious trips of the status point. If necessary, install the sensor with multiple wraps
           of power wiring through the sensor to amplify the change in current in order to detect belt, bearing our
           coupling loss.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                             INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                 230900230900 - 16
      N.   Control Panels:

           1.     Provide and install local control panels for each system. Group these together into one panel when
                  multiple systems are located in one equipment room.
           2.     The panels shall be total enclosed with hinged door and containin associated control components
                  such as controllers, realys, switches, gauges, microprocessors, communication interface, override
                  timers, etc… Panel to meet NEMA 1 requirements with proper bracing for rigid wall or floor
                  mounting.
           3.     Unless indicated otherwise all controlling devices (including duct and immersion controllers,
                  relays, PE switches, EP valves, selectors, networks, and switches) shall be panel mounted.

      O.   Install automatic dampers according to Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."

      P.   Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures.

      Q.   Install labels and nameplates to identify control components as noted below and according to
           Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

           1.     Identification: Tag or color-code all wiring at each end and necessary junction points and match
                  the tagging numbers or color-coding shown on the control drawings. Clearly label as to function
                  and setting. Identification shall cross-reference the control diagrams.
           2.     Provide control diagrams laminated between rigid plastic mounted on a supporting back board for
                  each system control panel. Mount the diagrams near the control panels or where directed.
                  Identify all devices on the diagrams with the same terminology used for the nameplates. Diagram
                  shall be a permanent as-built drawing. Provide a tag on the face of the panel indicating the
                  corresponding network location.

      R.   Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 232113 "Hydronic
           Piping."

      S.   Install duct volume-control dampers according to Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" and Section 233116
           "Nonmetal Ducts."

      T.   Install electronic and fiber-optic cables according to Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal
           Cabling."


3.3        SAFETIES

      A.   Low Temperature Detection Thermostats: Each supply system with water coils taking outside air shall
           have a low temperature detection thermostat (set at 35ºF) located on the downstream side of the coil.
           Where multiple coil sections are used, provide one thermostat for each coil section. Wire thermostats to
           protect unit in both hand (manual) and automatic operation. When temperature drops below set point,
           thermostat shall stop fan(s), open heating valve, open return air damper(s) and close outside air
           damper(s). Control must function independently of the DDC system.

      B.   Mixed Air Low Limit Thermostats: Each supply system with outside air and return air dampers shall
           have a mixed air low limit thermostat. The thermostat shall limit the outside air and return air dampers to
           keep the mixed air from going below 35ºF as measured from an averaging sensor. The thermostat shall
           override all other controls and modulate the outside air dampers to 100% closed if the mixed air
           temperature falls below its setting. Control must function independently of the DDC system.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                         INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                             230900230900 - 17
      C.   Duct Smoke Detectors: Each return air system with a design capacity greater than 2,000 cfm shall have a
           smoke detector provided in the return air duct upstream of any filters, exhaust air connections or outdoor
           air connections. Each return air riser system serving two or more stories and serving a return air system
           having a design capacity greater than 15,000 cfm shall have smoke detectors provided at each story.
           Wire the smoke detector(s) to shut down the unit in both hand (manual) and automatic operation. When
           smoke is detected, the detector(s) shall stop fan(s), open return air damper(s) and close outside air
           damper(s). Control must function independently of the DDC system.

           1.     Location of the smoke detectors shall be as shown on drawings, provided by Division 28 and
                  installed by this Division.
           2.     Wiring of detectors to fire alarm panel by Division 28. Control wiring of detectors (i.e. fan shut
                  down, etc…) by this Division.

      D.   High Static Pressure Sensor: Each fan system with a design capacity greater than 10,000 cfm shall be
           provided with a high static pressure sensor located immediately downstream of the fan. Wire the high
           static pressure sensor to shut down the unit in both hand (manual) and automatic operation. When a high
           static pressure condition is detected, the detector shall stop the fan(s), open return air damper(s) and close
           outside air damper(s). Control must function independently of the DDC system.


3.4        ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION

      A.   Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical
           Systems."

      B.   Install building wire and cable according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors
           and Cables."

      C.   Install signal and communication cable according to the requirements of Section 271500
           "Communications Horizontal Cabling" and the requirements listed below. In case of conflict between the
           statements herein and Section 271500 the most stringent requirements shall be met.

           1.     Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed.
           2.     Install exposed cable in raceway (flexible conduit shall be limited to 3 foot lenths maximum).
           3.     Install concealed cable in raceway (flexible conduit shall be limited to 3 foot lenths maximum).

                  a.     Exceptions:

                         1)      NEC Class 2 low voltage wiring where not exposed to view such as above
                                 suspended ceilings, in shafts, etc., may be run in cable tested in accordance with test
                                 methods of NFPA 262 for installation in environmental air plenums or standard
                                 cable when not exposed in environmental air plenums.
                         2)      Wiring enclosed in Temperature Control panels.

           4.     Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables
                  follow a common path.
           5.     All wiring shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, parallel to building lines and
                  suspended neatly from the overhead structure where allowed (do not lay wiring on top of ceiling
                  tiles).
           6.     Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect against abrasion.
                  Tie and support conductors.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                           INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                               230900230900 - 18
           7.     Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of control system,
                  except local individual room control cables.
           8.     Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of
                  piping and equipment.
           9.     Cable shall not be installed closer than six feet from high power transformers or run parallel
                  within six feet of electrical high power cables. Care shall be taken to route the cable as far from
                  interference generating devices as possible.
           10.    Temperature control wiring shall not be run in conduit with power wiring. Analog or
                  communication wiring shall not be run in the same conduit which has highly inductive loads such
                  as contactors or coils.
           11.    Splices in shielded cables shall consist of terminations and the use of shieldedcable couplers
                  which maintain the integrity of the shielding. Terminations shall be in accessible locations.
           12.    Grounding:

                  a.     All communication cable shall be grounded at one point only, to eliminate ground loops.
                         Earth grounding shall be single point to main water piping. Where the main water piping is
                         not direct buried then the system shall be connected to a grounding rod. All non-current
                         caring metallic parts (for example, lighting arresters, metallic raceways, equipment
                         enclosures) of the DDC system shall be grounded in this way.
                  b.     Analog shields shall be ground to internal analog (non-earth) ground.

           13.    Wiring of control devices by others: Control devices carrying full load current furnished by this
                  Division 23 and wired by Division 26 shall be located at the device being controlled, unless shown
                  on the drawings or mutual agreement is made between the contractors with no change in the
                  contract price.

      D.   Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions. Automatic duct
           heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers.

      E.   Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand
           position.


3.5        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

      A.   Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and
           adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in
           field testing. Report results in writing.

      B.   Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

           1.     Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit
                  operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest.
           2.     Test and adjust controls and safeties.
           3.     Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set
                  points are as required.
           4.     Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of
                  operation. Adjust PID actions.
           5.     Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation.
           6.     Test software and hardware interlocks.

      C.   DDC Verification:


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                          INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                              230900230900 - 19
           1.     Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks.
           2.     Check instruments for proper location and accessibility.
           3.     Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, and
                  other applicable considerations.
           4.     Check instrument tubing for proper fittings, slope, material, and support.
           5.     Check installation of air supply for each instrument.
           6.     Check flow instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore size, and verify that inlet side is
                  identified and that meters are installed correctly.
           7.     Check pressure instruments, piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and self-contained
                  pressure regulators.
           8.     Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements.
           9.     Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction.
           10.    Check air-operated dampers. Verify that pressure gages are provided and that proper blade
                  alignment, either parallel or opposed, has been provided.
           11.    Check DDC system as follows:

                  a.      Verify that DDC controller power supply is from emergency power supply, if applicable.
                  b.      Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved
                          tagging system.
                  c.      Verify that spare I/O capacity has been provided.
                  d.      Verify that DDC controllers are protected from power supply surges.

      D.   Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures.


3.6        ADJUSTING

      A.   Calibrating and Adjusting:

           1.     Calibrate instruments.
           2.     Make three-point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog instrument.
           3.     Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and
                  instruction manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at least double that of instrument being
                  calibrated.
           4.     Control System Inputs and Outputs:

                  a.      Check analog inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span.
                  b.      Check analog outputs using milliampere meter at 0, 50, and 100 percent output.
                  c.      Check digital inputs using jumper wire.
                  d.      Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking.
                  e.      Check resistance temperature inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-
                          resistant source.

           5.     Flow:

                  a.      Set differential pressure flow transmitters for 0 and 100 percent values with 3-point
                          calibration accomplished at 50, 90, and 100 percent of span.
                  b.      Manually operate flow switches to verify that they make or break contact.

           6.     Pressure:

                  a.      Calibrate pressure transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                          INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                              230900230900 - 20
                  b.     Calibrate pressure switches to make or break contacts, with adjustable differential set at
                         minimum.

           7.     Temperature:

                  a.     Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a
                         precision-resistance source.
                  b.     Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts.

           8.     Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers without positioners, following the manufacturer's
                  recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 percent open and closed.
           9.     Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers with positioners, following manufacturer's
                  recommended procedure, so that valve and damper is 0, 50, and 100 percent closed.
           10.    Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system.
           11.    Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of instrument.
                  Submit procedures review and approval before initiating startup procedures.

      B.   Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points.

      C.   Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide
           on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to three visits to
           Project during other than normal occupancy hours for this purpose.


3.7        DEMONSTRATION

      A.   Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,
           operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. Refer to Section 017900 "Demonstration and
           Training." Provide a minimum of 8 hours of training. The training session(s) shall be conducted at the
           building. Two copies of the as-built drawings and operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided
           at the training session.

      B.   The instrumentation and control contractor shall submit a letter certifying completion of all temperature
           control work including training prior to final payment.


END OF SECTION 230900




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                        INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                            230900230900 - 21
SECTION 231123 - FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.     Pipes, tubes, and fittings.
           2.     Piping specialties.
           3.     Piping and tubing joining materials.
           4.     Valves.
           5.     Pressure regulators.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and
           duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces,
           crawlspaces, and tunnels.

      B.   Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces
           and mechanical equipment rooms.

      C.   Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures
           and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.


1.4        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings:

           1.     Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
           2.     Service Regulators: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.

      B.   Natural-Gas System Pressures within Buildings: Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 0.5
           psig but not more than 2 psig, and is reduced to secondary pressure of 0.5 psig or less.


1.5        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of the following:

           1.     Piping specialties.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                      FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                      231123 - 1
           2.     Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected
                  models.
           3.     Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities.
           4.     Dielectric fittings.


1.6        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Welding certificates.

      B.   Field quality-control reports.


1.7        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For pressure regulators to include in emergency, operation, and
           maintenance manuals.


1.8        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Steel Support Welding Qualifications:       Qualify       procedures    and   personnel   according    to
           AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

      B.   Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
           Vessel Code.

      C.   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a
           qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.


1.9        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and
           handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

      B.   Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory-applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating,
           and protect from direct sunlight.


1.10       PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Interruption of Existing Natural-Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural-gas service to facilities occupied
           by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
           provide purging and startup of natural-gas supply according to requirements indicated:

           1.     Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of
                  natural-gas service.
           2.     Do not proceed with interruption of natural-gas service without Construction Manager's written
                  permission.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                         FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         231123 - 2
1.11       COORDINATION

      A.   Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.

      B.   Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for valves installed concealed behind finished
           surfaces. Comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames."


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS

      A.   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B.

           1.     Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern.
           2.     Wrought-Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding.
           3.     Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and
                  threaded ends.
           4.     Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts,
                  nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings:

                  a.     Material Group: 1.1.
                  b.     End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe.
                  c.     Lapped Face: Not permitted underground.
                  d.     Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and
                         spiral-wound metal gaskets.
                  e.     Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground.

           5.     Protective Coating for Underground Piping:       Factory-applied, three-layer coating of epoxy,
                  adhesive, and PE.

                  a.     Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat-shrink PE sleeves.


2.2        PIPING SPECIALTIES

      A.   Appliance Flexible Connectors:

           1.     Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24.
           2.     Indoor, Movable-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69.
           3.     Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75.
           4.     Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig.
           5.     End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel.
           6.     Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
           7.     Maximum Length: 72 inches.

      B.   Quick-Disconnect Devices: Comply with ANSI Z21.41.

           1.     Copper-alloy convenience outlet and matching plug connector.
           2.     Nitrile seals.
           3.     Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected.
           4.     For indoor or outdoor applications.
           5.     Adjustable, retractable restraining cable.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        231123 - 3
      C.   Y-Pattern Strainers:

           1.     Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection.
           2.     End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           3.     Strainer Screen: [40] [60]-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50
                  percent free area.
           4.     CWP Rating: 125 psig.

      D.   Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable-iron increaser fitting with corrosion-resistant wire screen,
           with free area at least equal to cross-sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded-end connection.


2.3        JOINING MATERIALS

      A.   Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.

      B.   Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall
           thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.


2.4        MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES

      A.   See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve
           Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services.

      B.   General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33.

           1.     CWP Rating: 125 psig.
           2.     Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
           3.     Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3.
           4.     Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff
                  Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
           5.     Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1
                  inch and smaller.
           6.     Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on
                  valve body.

      C.   General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with ASME B16.38.

           1.     CWP Rating: 125 psig.
           2.     Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges.
           3.     Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff
                  Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
           4.     Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body.

      D.   Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.

           1.     Manufacturers:   Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company.
                  b.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div.
                  c.     Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc.
                  d.     McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        231123 - 4
                 e.       Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.

           2.    Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584.
           3.    Ball: Chrome-plated bronze.
           4.    Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
           5.    Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof.
           6.    Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing.
           7.    Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve
                 Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
           8.    CWP Rating: 600 psig.
           9.    Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to
                 authorities having jurisdiction.
           10.   Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

      E.   Cast-Iron, Lubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78.

           1.    Manufacturers:     Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                 a.     Flowserve.
                 b.     Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc.
                 c.     McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
                 d.     Milliken Valve Company.
                 e.     Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div.
                 f.     R&M Energy Systems, A Unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc.
           2.    Listing: VBody: Cast iron, complying with ASTM A 126, Class B.
           3.    Plug: Bronze or nickel-plated cast iron.
           4.    Seat: Coated with thermoplastic.
           5.    Stem Seal: Compatible with natural gas.
           6.    Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule"
                 and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
           7.    Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated.
           8.    Pressure Class: 125 psialves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL
                 acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
           9.    Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

      F.   Valve Boxes:

           1.    Cast-iron, two-section box.
           2.    Top section with cover with "GAS" lettering.
           3.    Bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel a minimum of 5 inches in diameter.
           4.    Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury.
           5.    Include tee-handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head, and with
                 stem of length required to operate valve.


2.5        PRESSURE REGULATORS

      A.   General Requirements:

           1.    Single stage and suitable for natural gas.
           2.    Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components.
           3.    Elevation compensator.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        231123 - 5
           4.     End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2
                  and larger.

      B.   Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80.
           1.     Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on
                  Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

                  a.     Actaris.
                  b.     American Meter Company.
                  c.     Eclipse Combustion, Inc.
                  d.     Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management.
                  e.     Invensys.
                  f.     Maxitrol Company.
                  g.     Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div.

           2.     Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum.
           3.     Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable.
           4.     Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel.
           5.     Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port.
           6.     Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable.
           7.     Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon.
           8.     Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure
                  inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator.
           9.     Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150
                  percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff.
           10.    Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator.
           11.    Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not connected to
                  vent piping.
           12.    Maximum Inlet Pressure: 10 psig.
           13.    See Drawing Schedule for Capacities and Characteristics.


2.6        DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

      A.   General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive
           insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.

      B.   Dielectric Unions:

           1.     Manufacturers:    Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Capitol Manufacturing Company.
                  b.     Central Plastics Company.
                  c.     Hart Industries International, Inc.
                  d.     Jomar International Ltd.
                  e.     Matco-Norca, Inc.
                  f.     McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
                  g.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                  h.     Wilkins; a Zurn company.

           2.     Description:

                  a.     Standard: ASSE 1079.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                          FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          231123 - 6
                  b.     Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F.
                  c.     End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

      C.   Dielectric Flanges:

           1.     Manufacturers:    Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Capitol Manufacturing Company.
                  b.     Central Plastics Company.
                  c.     Matco-Norca, Inc.
                  d.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                  e.     Wilkins; a Zurn company.

           2.     Description:

                  a.     Standard: ASSE 1079.
                  b.     Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly.
                  c.     Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F.
                  d.     End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder-joint
                         copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

      D.   Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits:

           1.     Manufacturers:    Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                  a.     Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
                  b.     Calpico, Inc.
                  c.     Central Plastics Company.
                  d.     Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

           2.     Description:

                  a.     Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges.
                  b.     Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
                  c.     Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic.
                  d.     Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene.
                  e.     Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.


2.7        LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

      A.   Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking
           and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously
           inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion
           protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored yellow.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                        FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        231123 - 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine roughing-in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before
           equipment installation.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Inspect natural-gas piping according to the International Fuel Gas Code to determine that natural-gas
           utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected.

      B.   Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code requirements for prevention of accidental ignition.


3.3        OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping.

      B.   Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade. Surround with 4
           inches of clean sand before backfilling. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth
           Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

           1.     If natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches below finished grade, install it in containment
                  conduit.

      C.   Steel Piping with Protective Coating:

           1.     Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints.
           2.     Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating
                  manufacturer.

      D.   Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.


3.4        INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION

      A.   Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping.

      B.   Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.
           Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and
           other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on
           Coordination Drawings.

      C.   Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of
           construction, to allow for mechanical installations.

      D.   Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and
           service areas.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                           231123 - 8
   E.    Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or
         parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

   F.    Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

   G.    Locate valves for easy access.

   H.    Install piping free of sags and bends.

   I.    Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

   J.    Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

   K.    Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for roughing-in
         requirements.

   L.    Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter
         outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is
         subject to freezing.

         1.     Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use
                nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 6 inches long and same size as
                connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap.

   M.    Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices
         to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap.

   N.    Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and
         in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view.

   O.    Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural-gas piping and
         piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe with welded joints as
         described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to outdoors and terminate with
         weatherproof vent cap.

         1.     Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be installed in
                accessible spaces without containment conduit however the piping shall have welded joints.
         2.     In Floor Channels: Install natural-gas piping in floor channels. Channels must have cover and be
                open to space above cover for ventilation.
         3.     In Walls or Partitions: Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from physical
                damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports.

                a.     Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker barriers.

         4.     Prohibited Locations:

                a.     Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes,
                       chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts.
                b.     Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions.

   P.    Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down.

   Q.    Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                          FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          231123 - 9
      R.   Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of
           equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections.

      S.   Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode.

      T.   Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator.

      U.   Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line regulator. Pressure gages are specified in
           Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping."

      V.   Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
           sleeves specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."

      W.   Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for
           sleeve seals specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."

      X.   Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
           escutcheons specified in Division 23 Section "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping."


3.5        VALVE INSTALLATION

      A.   Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of flexible connector or sediment trap.

      B.   Install underground valves with valve boxes.

      C.   Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for
           servicing and testing.

      D.   Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping.

      E.   Install manual gas shutoff valves on all lines before they leave the basement, mechanical room, crawl
           space, trench, or before being routed exposed on the roof. Install manual gas shutoff valves at the vertical
           riser/chase at each floor level takeoff.


3.6        PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.   Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.

      B.   Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

      C.   Threaded Joints:

           1.     Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1.
           2.     Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies.
           3.     Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe.
           4.     Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is
                  specified.
           5.     Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.
                  Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

      D.   Welded Joints:



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          231123 - 10
           1.     Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding
                  operators.
           2.     Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
           3.     Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and
                  where damage to coating occurs during construction.


3.7        HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

      A.   Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in
           Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

      B.   Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and
           Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

      C.   Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

           1.     NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           2.     NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           3.     NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           4.     NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.

           5.     NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.


3.8        CONNECTIONS

      A.   Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. Coordinate with utility
           final service location, size and pressure. Provide a tee fitting with ½ inch valve and plug on house side of
           meter for measuring pressure and flow.

      B.   Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding
           conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70.

      C.   Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances.

      D.   Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches
           of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment.
           Install tee fitting with ½ inch valve and plug on house side of meter for measuring pressure and flow.

      E.   Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting at vertical change in direction with capped nipple in bottom to form
           drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. An inline tee does not fulfill code requirements.


3.9        LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

      A.   Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for
           piping and valve identification.

      B.   Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches
           below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                           FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          231123 - 11
3.10     PAINTING

   A.    Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for painting interior and exterior natural-gas
         piping. All exterior piping shall be painted.


3.11     FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   A.    Perform tests and inspections.

   B.    Tests and Inspections:

         1.     Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to the International Fuel Gas Code and authorities
                having jurisdiction. Test all steel welded and steel threaded natural gas piping under 60 psig air
                pressure. Test PE <and corregated stainless steel> tubing natural gas piping under pressures
                listed in the International Fuel Gas Code or as directed by the manufacturer.

   C.    Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

   D.    Prepare test and inspection reports.


3.12     OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE

   A.    Underground natural-gas pipingshall be one of the following:

         1.     PE pipe and fittings joined by heat fusion; service-line risers with tracer wire terminated in an
                accessible location.
         2.     Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints, or mechanical couplings. Coat pipe and
                fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

   B.    Aboveground natural-gas pipingshall be one of the following:

         1.     NPS 2 and smaller: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
         2.     NPS 2-1/2 and larger: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.

   C.    Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings
         with protective coating for steel piping.


3.13     INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 5 PSIG

   A.    Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be one of the following:
         1.   Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.

   B.    Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following:

         1.     NPS 2 and smaller: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
         2.     NPS 2-1/2 and larger: Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints.

   C.    Underground, below building, piping shall be the following:
         1.    Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective
               coating for steel piping.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                          FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                         231123 - 12
   D.    Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat underground pipe
         and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

   E.    Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or wrought-steel
         fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.


3.14     ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE

   A.    Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller at service meter shall be the following:
         1.    Bronze plug valve.

   B.    Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger at service meter shall be the following:
         1.    Cast-iron, nonlubricated plug valve.

   C.    Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller shall be[ one of] the following:
         1.     Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.

   D.    Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger shall be one of the following:

         1.     Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
         2.     Cast-iron, lubricated plug valve.

   E.    Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following:
         1.    Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.


END OF SECTION 231123




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                         FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                        231123 - 13
SECTION 232113 - HYDRONIC PIPING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
           Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special-duty valves, and specialties for
           the following:

           1.     Hot-water heating piping.
           2.     Condensate-drain piping.
           3.     Blowdown-drain piping.
           4.     Air-vent piping.
           5.     Safety-valve-inlet and -outlet piping.

      B.   Related Sections include the following:

           1.     Section 232123 "Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, motors, and accessories for hydronic piping.


1.3        PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum
           working pressure and temperature:

           1.     Hot-Water Heating Piping: 160 psig at 200 deg F .
           2.     Condensate-Drain Piping: 150 deg F .
           3.     Blowdown-Drain Piping: 200 deg F .
           4.     Air-Vent Piping: 200 deg F .
           5.     Safety-Valve-Inlet and -Outlet Piping: Equal to the pressure of the piping system to which it is
                  attached.


1.4        ACTION SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of the following:
           1.    Pressure-seal fittings.
           2.    Valves. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for calibrated-
                 orifice balancing valves and automatic flow-control valves.
           3.    Air control devices.
           4.    Chemical treatment showing bypass feeder and glycol information.
           5.    Hydronic specialties.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                           HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              232113 - 1
1.5        INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Qualification Data: For Installer.

      B.   Welding certificates.

      C.   Field quality-control test reports.


1.6        CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

      A.   Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and special-duty valves to
           include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.


1.7        MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

      A.   Water-Treatment Chemicals: Furnish enough chemicals for initial system startup and for preventive
           maintenance for one year from date of Substantial Completion.

      B.   Differential Pressure Meter: For each type of balancing valve and automatic flow control valve, include
           flowmeter, probes, hoses, flow charts, and carrying case.


1.8        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications:

           1.     Installers of Pressure-Sealed Joints: Installers shall be certified by the pressure-seal joint
                  manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure-seal pipe couplings
                  and fittings.

      B.   Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
           Welding Code - Steel."

      C.   Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
           Section IX.

           1.     Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
           2.     Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and
                  that certification is current.

      D.   ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and
           installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and
           stamp expansion tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

      A.   Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type LASTM B 88, Type M.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                         HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                            232113 - 2
      B.   Annealed-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K.

      C.   DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV.

      D.   Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.
           1.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                following:

                 a.     Anvil International, Inc.
                 b.     S. P. Fittings; a division of Star Pipe Products.
                 c.     Victaulic Company.

           2.    Grooved-End Copper Fittings: ASTM B 75, copper tube or ASTM B 584, bronze casting.
           3.    Grooved-End-Tube Couplings: Rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting.
                 Ductile-iron housing with keys matching pipe and fitting grooves, prelubricated EPDM gasket
                 rated for minimum 230 deg F for use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts.

      E.   Copper or Bronze Pressure-Seal Fittings:
           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                 a.     Stadler-Viega.

           2.    Housing: Copper.
           3.    O-Rings and Pipe Stops: EPDM.
           4.    Tools: Manufacturer's special tools.
           5.    Minimum 200-psig working-pressure rating at 250 deg F.

      F.   Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.


2.2        STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

      A.   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as
           indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.

      B.   Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings:     ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping
           Applications" Article.

      C.   Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping
           Applications" Article.

      D.   Malleable-Iron Unions:    ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping
           Applications" Article.

      E.   Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face,
           and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.

      F.   Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe.

      G.   Wrought Cast- and Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and
           gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings:

           1.    Material Group: 1.1.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                       HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          232113 - 3
           2.     End Connections: Butt welding.
           3.     Facings: Raised face.

      H.   Grooved Mechanical-Joint Fittings and Couplings:
           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                  a.     Anvil International, Inc.
                  b.     Victaulic Company.

           2.     Joint Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510
                  malleable iron; ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F, E, or S, Grade B fabricated steel; or ASTM A 106,
                  Grade B steel fittings with grooves or shoulders constructed to accept grooved-end couplings; with
                  nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings.
           3.     Couplings: Ductile- or malleable-iron housing and synthetic rubber gasket of central cavity
                  pressure-responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved
                  pipe and fittings.

      I.   Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which they are
           installed.


2.3        JOINING MATERIALS

      A.   Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.

           1.     ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or
                  specific material is indicated.

                  a.     Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
                  b.     Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

      B.   Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.

      C.   Solder Filler Metals:    ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.        Include water-flushable flux according to
           ASTM B 813.

      D.   Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for joining copper with
           copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel.

      E.   Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall
           thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.

      F.   Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and working temperatures
           and pressures.


2.4        TRANSITION FITTINGS


2.5        DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

      A.   General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive
           insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                           HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              232113 - 4
   B.    Dielectric Flanges:

         1.     Manufacturers:    Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                following :

                a.     Capitol Manufacturing Company.
                b.     Central Plastics Company.
                c.     Matco-Norca, Inc.
                d.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
                e.     Wilkins; a Zurn company.

         2.     Description:

                a.     Standard: ASSE 1079.
                b.     Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly.
                c.     Pressure Rating: 125 psigminimum at 180 deg F.
                d.     End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder-joint
                       copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

   C.    Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits:

         1.     Manufacturers:    Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                following :

                a.     Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
                b.     Calpico, Inc.
                c.     Central Plastics Company.
                d.     Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

         2.     Description:

                a.     Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges.
                b.     Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
                c.     Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic.
                d.     Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene.
                e.     Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.

   D.    Dielectric Nipples, Couplings, Waterways:

         1.     Manufacturers:    Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                following:

                a.     Elster Perfection.
                b.     Grinnell Mechanical Products.
                c.     Matco-Norca, Inc.
                d.     Perfection Corporation
                e.     Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
                f.     Victaulic Company.

         2.     Description:

                a.     Standard: IAPMO PS 66
                b.     Electroplated steel nipple, coupling or water way complying with ASTM F 1545.
                c.     Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                    HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                       232113 - 5
                 d.     End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
                 e.     Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.


2.6        VALVES

      A.   Gate, Globe, Check, Ball, and Butterfly Valves: Comply with requirements specified in Section 230523
           "General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping."

      B.   Automatic Temperature-Control Valves, Actuators, and Sensors: Comply with requirements specified in
           Section 230900 "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC."

      C.   Bronze, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:
           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                 a.     Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
                 b.     Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
                 c.     Flow Design Inc.
                 d.     Gerand Engineering Co.
                 e.     Griswold Controls.
                 f.     Taco.

           2.    Body: Bronze, ball or plug type with calibrated orifice or venturi.
           3.    Ball: Brass or stainless steel.
           4.    Plug: Resin.
           5.    Seat: PTFE.
           6.    End Connections: Threaded or socket.
           7.    Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter.
           8.    Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.
           9.    CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig.
           10.   Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

      D.   Cast-Iron or Steel, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:
           1.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                  following:

                 a.     Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
                 b.     Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
                 c.     Flow Design Inc.
                 d.     Gerand Engineering Co.
                 e.     Griswold Controls.
                 f.     Taco.
                 g.     Tour & Andersson; available through Victaulic Company.

           2.    Body: Cast-iron or steel body, ball, plug, or globe pattern with calibrated orifice or venturi.
           3.    Ball: Brass or stainless steel.
           4.    Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings.
           5.    Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE.
           6.    Seat: PTFE.
           7.    End Connections: Flanged or grooved.
           8.    Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter.
           9.    Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.
           10.   CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                            HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                               232113 - 6
           11.   Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

      E.   Diaphragm-Operated Safety Valves:
           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
                 following:

                 a.     Amtrol, Inc.
                 b.     Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
                 c.     Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
                 d.     Conbraco Industries, Inc.
                 e.     Spence Engineering Company, Inc.
                 f.     Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

           2.    Body: Bronze or brass.
           3.    Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE.
           4.    Seat: Brass.
           5.    Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings.
           6.    Diaphragm: EPT.
           7.    Wetted, Internal Work Parts: Brass and rubber.
           8.    Inlet Strainer: removable without system shutdown.
           9.    Valve Seat and Stem: Noncorrosive.
           10.   Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
                 Code: Section IV, and selected to suit system in which installed, with operating pressure and
                 capacity factory set and field adjustable.

                 a.     RV-<Insert Note Here>, Set valve to relieve at <Insert Note Here> psi, capacity of
                        <Insert Note Here> Btuh.


2.7        CONTROL VALVES

      A.   Calibrated Balancing Valves and Automatic Flow-Control Valves shall not be required on devices where
           pressure independent control valves are installed. Positive shut off isolation valves will be required.


2.8        AIR CONTROL DEVICES

      A.   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

           1.    Amtrol, Inc.
           2.    Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
           3.    Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
           4.    Spirotherm, Inc.
           5.    Taco.

      B.   Manual Air Vents:

           1.    Body: Bronze.
           2.    Internal Parts: Nonferrous.
           3.    Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew.
           4.    Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2.
           5.    Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8.
           6.    CWP Rating: 150 psig.
           7.    Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F.


Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                       HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          232113 - 7
   C.    Automatic Air Vents:

         1.     Body: Bronze or cast iron.
         2.     Internal Parts: Nonferrous.
         3.     Operator: Noncorrosive metal float.
         4.     Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2.
         5.     Discharge Connection: NPS 1/4.
         6.     CWP Rating: 150 psig.
         7.     Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

   D.     Bladder-Type Expansion Tanks:

         1.     Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating
                temperature. Factory test with taps fabricated and supports installed and labeled according to
                ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1.
         2.      Bladder: Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to maintain required
                expansion capacity. Shall be replaceable.
         3.     Air-Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats.
         4.     See Drawing Schedule for Capacities and Characteristics.

   E.    Tangential-Type Air Separators (2” to 24”):

         1.     Tank: Welded steel; ASME constructed and labeled for 125-psigworking pressure and 375 deg F
                maximum operating temperature.
         2.     Air Collector Tube: Perforated stainless steel, constructed to direct released air into expansion
                tank. Provide automatic air vent at top of unit.
         3.     Tangential Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded for NPS 2; flanged connections for NPS 2-1/2
                and larger.
         4.     Blowdown Connection: Threaded.
         5.     Size: Match system flow capacity, entering velocities not to exceed 2 feet per second at specified
                GPM for tangential. At peak flow capacity the unit pressure drop shall not exceed 4 feet w.g.

   F.    Coalescing-Type Air Separators (3/4” to 12”):

         1.     Tank: Welded steel labeled for 150-psig working pressure.
         2.     Internal Construction: Provide internal copper coalescing medium. Furnish with a galvanized
                steel strainer and stainless steel collector tube for air separation and collection. Provide integral
                high capacity float actuated air vent at top fitting of tank.
         3.     Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged connections for NPS 2-
                1/2 and larger.
         4.     Blowdown Connection: Threaded.
         5.     Size: Match system flow capacity, entering velocities not to exceed 4 feet per second at specified
                GPM for standard coalescing (10 feet per second at specified GPM for high velocity coalescing).
                At peak flow capacity the unit pressure drop shall not exceed 1 feet w.g. The unit shall be no
                smaller than adjacent line size.

   G.    Coalescing-Type Air and Dirt Separators (2” to 12”):

         1.     Tank: Welded steel labeled for 150-psig working pressure.
         2.     Internal Construction: Provide internal copper coalescing medium for air and dirt seperation.
                Furnish with a galvanized steel strainer and stainless steel collector tube for air separation and
                collection. Vessel shall extend below the pipe connections. Provide integral high capacity float
                actuated air vent at top fitting of tank.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                          HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                             232113 - 8
           3.     Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged connections for NPS 2-
                  1/2 and larger.
           4.     Blowdown Connection: Threaded with valve. Provide removable lower head to facility internal
                  system cleaning and inspection.
           5.     Size: Match system flow capacity, entering velocities not to exceed 4 feet per second at specified
                  GPM for standard coalescing (10 feet per second at specified GPM for high velocity coalescing).
                  At peak flow capacity the unit pressure drop shall not exceed 1 feet w.g. The unit shall be no
                  smaller than adjacent line size.


2.9        CHEMICAL TREATMENT

      A.   Bypass Chemical Filter Feeder: Welded steel construction; 125-psig working pressure; <2 gallon><5
           gallon> capacity; with fill funnel and inlet, outlet, and drain valves. Feeder shall be constructed to allow
           the installation of a particulate filter. Filter media shall be 20 micron pleated paper.

           1.     Chemicals: Specially formulated, based on analysis of makeup water, to prevent accumulation of
                  scale and corrosion in piping and connected equipment.


2.10       GLYCOL

      A.   Propylene Glycol: Industrial grade with corrosion inhibitors and environmental-stabilizer additives for
           mixing with water in systems indicated to contain antifreeze or glycol solutions. Glycol shall be provided
           with an anti-foaming agent. Softened water is not acceptable for dilution.


2.11       GLYCOL FEEDER

      A.   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
           may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

           1.     Axiom Industries Limited

      B.   Tank: <6 gallon><55 gallon><100 gallon> storage/mixing tank with cover.

      C.   Accessories: pump suction hose with inlet strainer; pressure pump with thermal cut-out; integral pressure
           switch; integral check valve; cord and plug; pre-charged accumulator tank with EPDM diaphragm;
           manual diverter valve for purging air and agitating contents of storage tank; pressure regulating valve
           adjustable <10-25 psig><5-55 psig><25-85 psig><35-125 psig> complete with pressure gauge; integral
           replaceable strainer; built-in check valve; union connection; 1/2 inch x 36 inch long flexible connection
           hose with check valve; low level pump cut-out. Pressure pump shall be capable of running dry without
           damage. Power supply 115/60/1. Unit shall be completely pre-assembled and certified by a recognized
           testing agency to CSA standard C22.2 No 68. Low level alarm panel with remote monitoring dry
           contacts and selectable audible alarm.


2.12       HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES

      A.   Y-Pattern Strainers:

           1.     Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection.
           2.     End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                            HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                               232113 - 9
           3.     Strainer Screen: 40 -mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50 percent
                  free area.
           4.     CWP Rating: 125 psig.

      B.   Basket Strainers:

           1.     Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, high-tensile cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain
                  connection.
           2.     End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
           3.     Strainer Screen: 10-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50 percent
                  free area.
           4.     CWP Rating: 125 psig.

      C.   Stainless-Steel Bellow, Flexible Pipe Connectors:

           1.     Body: Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing protective jacket.
           2.     End Connections: Threaded or flanged to match equipment connected.
           3.     Performance: Capable of 3/4-inch misalignment.
           4.     CWP Rating: 150 psig.
           5.     Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

      D.   Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Equipment Connectors:

           1.     Body: Fiber-reinforced rubber body.
           2.     End Connections: Steel flanges drilled to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges.
           3.     Performance: Capable of misalignment.
           4.     CWP Rating: 150 psig.
           5.     Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

      E.   Expansion fittings are specified in Section 230516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping."


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        PIPING APPLICATIONS

      A.   Hot, Chilled, Condenser-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 3 and smaller, shall be any of the
           following:

           1.     Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed or pressure-seal joints.
           2.     Schedule 40 steel pipe; Class 150, malleable-iron fittings; cast-iron flanges and flange fittings; and
                  threaded joints.

      B.   Hot, Chilled, Condenser-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 4 and larger, shall be any of the
           following:
           1.     Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought-steel fittings and wrought-cast or forged-steel flanges and flange
                  fittings, and welded and flanged joints.
           2.     Schedule 40 steel pipe; grooved, mechanical joint coupling and fittings; and grooved, mechanical
                  joints.

      C.   Makeup-water piping installed aboveground shall be the following:




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                            HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                               232113 - 10
           1.     Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed joints or pressure-seal
                  joints.

      D.   Makeup-Water Piping Installed Belowground and within Slabs: Type L, annealed-temper copper tubing,
           wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints. Use the fewest possible joints.

      E.   Condensate-Drain Piping: Type M or DWV, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and
           soldered joints or pressure-seal joints.

      F.   Blowdown-Drain Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in
           which blowdown drain is installed.

      G.   Air-Vent Piping:

           1.     Inlet: Same as service where installed with metal-to-plastic transition fittings for plastic piping
                  systems according to the piping manufacturer's written instructions.
           2.     Outlet: Type L or M, annealed-temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints.

      H.   Safety-Valve-Inlet and -Outlet Piping for Hot, Chilled, Condenser-Water Piping: Same materials and
           joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed with metal-to-
           plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written
           instructions.


3.2        VALVE APPLICATIONS

      A.   Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply connection to each
           piece of equipment.

      B.   Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves at each branch connection to return main.

      C.   Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves in the return pipe of each heating or cooling terminal.

      D.   Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction.

      E.   Install safety valves at hot-water generators, chilled water systems, snowmelt, closed system condenser
           water and elsewhere as required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Install drip-pan elbow on
           safety-valve outlet and pipe without valves to the outdoors; and pipe drain to nearest floor drain or as
           indicated on Drawings. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1,
           for installation requirements.

      F.   Install pressure-reducing valves at makeup-water connection to regulate system fill pressure.

      G.   Install system flush and fill valves of a size and in a location as needed to accommodate initial system
           flush and fill requirements. Location shall be approved by Architect.


3.3        PIPING INSTALLATIONS

      A.   Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.
           Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss,
           expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to
           layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                              HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                                 232113 - 11
   B.    Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and
         service areas.

   C.    Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or
         parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

   D.    Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

   E.    Install piping to permit valve servicing.

   F.    Install piping at indicated slopes.

   G.    Install piping free of sags and bends.

   H.    Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

   I.    Install piping to allow application of insulation.

   J.    Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

   K.    Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves.

   L.    Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple with cap,
         at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage.

   M.    Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.

   N.    Install branch connections to mains using mechanically formed or standard tee fittings in main pipe, with
         the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, connect the branch to the top of
         the main pipe.

   O.    Install valves according to Section 230523 "General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping."

   P.    Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and
         elsewhere as indicated.

   Q.    Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as
         indicated.

   R.    Install strainers on inlet side of each control valve, pressure-reducing valve, solenoid valve, in-line pump,
         and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers
         NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2.

   S.    Identify piping as specified in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

   T.    Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
         sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."

   U.    Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for
         sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."

   V.    Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
         escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping."



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                           HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              232113 - 12
3.4        HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

      A.   Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC
           Piping and Equipment." Comply with the following requirements for maximum spacing of supports.

      B.   Seismic restraints are specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
           Equipment."

      C.   Install the following pipe attachments:

           1.     Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet long.
           2.     Adjustable roller hangers for individual horizontal piping 20 feet or longer.
           3.     Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a
                  trapeze.
           4.     Provide copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper
                  pipe.

      D.   Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

           1.     NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

           2.     NPS 1: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

           3.     NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           4.     NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           5.     NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           6.     NPS 3: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           7.     NPS 4: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.

           8.     NPS 6: Maximum span, 17 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.

           9.     NPS 8: Maximum span, 19 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.

           10.    NPS 10: Maximum span, 20 feet; minimum rod size, 3/4 inch.

           11.    NPS 12: Maximum span, 23 feet; minimum rod size, 7/8 inch.

           12.    NPS 14: Maximum span, 25 feet; minimum rod size, 1 inch.

           13.    NPS 16: Maximum span, 27 feet; minimum rod size, 1 inch.

           14.    NPS 18: Maximum span, 28 feet; minimum rod size, 1-1/4 inches.

           15.    NPS 20: Maximum span, 30 feet; minimum rod size, 1-1/4 inches.

      E.   Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod
           sizes:

           1.     NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.



Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                       HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                          232113 - 13
           2.     NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

           3.     NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           4.     NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           5.     NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

           6.     NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

      F.   Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10-foot intervals between floors.


3.5        PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

      A.   Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

      B.   Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

      C.   Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter,
           using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.

      D.   Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full
           and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe
           fittings and valves as follows:

           1.     Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is
                  specified.
           2.     Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.
                  Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

      E.   Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and
           welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.

      F.   Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application.
           Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.

      G.   Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Roll grooves in ends of
           pipe based on pipe and coupling manufacturer's written instructions for pipe wall thickness. Use
           grooved-end fittings and rigid, grooved-end-pipe couplings.

      H.   Pressure-Sealed Joints: Use manufacturer-recommended tool and procedure. Leave insertion marks on
           pipe after assembly.


3.6        HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION

      A.   Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for
           system air venting.

      B.   Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping in mechanical equipment rooms only. Manual
           vents at heat-transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air venting.




Douglass and Coal Creek Elementary Schools                                                           HYDRONIC PIPING
Lantz-Boggio Architects, P.C.                                                                              232113 - 14
      C.   Install piping from boiler air outletor air separator to expansion tank with a 2 percent upward slope
           toward tank.

      D.   Install tangential air separator in pump suction. Install blowdown piping with gate or full-port ball valve;
           extend full size to nearest floor drain.

      E.   Install bypass chemical filter feeders in each hydronic system where indicated, in upright position with
           top of funnel not more than 48 inches above the floor. Install feeder in minimum NPS 3/4 bypass line,
           from main with full-size, full-port, ball valve in the main between bypass connections. Install NPS 3/4
           pipe from chemical feeder drain, to nearest equipment drain and include a full-size, full-port, ball valve.

      F.   Install expansion tanks on a housekeeping pad. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, and ensure
           tank is properly charged with air to suit system Project requirements.

      G.   Install glycol feeders on a housekeeping pad. Do not use glycol feeder for initial flush and fill. Set pump
           and pressure regulating valve for appropriate system fill pressure.


3.7        TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS

      A.   Sizes for supply and return piping connections including accessories shall match the piping size identified
           on the drawings. Final connection to the equipment shall be provided with a reducer at the point of
           connection.

           1.     Exception: Control valves.

      B.   Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.

      C.   Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections according to
           Section 230519 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping."


3.8        CHEMICAL TREATMENT

      A.   Perform an analysis of makeup water to determine type and quantities of chemical treatment needed to
           keep system free of scale, corrosion, and fouling, and to sustain the following water characteristics:

           1.     pH: 9.0 to 10.5.
           2.     "P" Alkalinity: 100 to 500 ppm.
           3.     Boron: 100 to 200 ppm.
           4.     Chemical Oxygen Demand: Maximum 100 ppm. Modify this value if closed system contains
                  glycol.
           5.     Corrosion Inhibitor:

                  a.